Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Education & Training Services / 2U

2U

twou · NASDAQ Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker twou
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Education & Training Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · 2U
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(cid:1) ANNUAL  REPORT PURSUANT  TO  SECTION 13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF  1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

or

(cid:2) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT  TO  SECTION 13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF  1934
For the transition period from 

 to 

Commission File Number: 001-36376

9DEC201310214610

2U, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 900 Landover, MD
(Address of principal executive offices)

26-2335939
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

20785
(Zip Code)

(301) 892-4350
Registrant’s telephone number, including area  code:

Securities  registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:

Title of each class:

Name  of exchange  on which registered:

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

NASDAQ  Global Select Market

None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12  (g)  of the  Act:

Indicate  by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned  issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities

Act.  Yes (cid:2) No (cid:1)

Indicate  by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports  pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the

Act.  Yes (cid:2) No (cid:1)

Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all  reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or  for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been  subject to such filing requirements for the past  90 days. Yes (cid:1) No (cid:2)

Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulations S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was  required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:1) No (cid:2)

Indicate  by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and  will

not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this form 10-K. (cid:2)

Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer, a non-accelerated filer,  or  a smaller
reporting company. See the definitions of ‘‘large accelerated  filer,’’  ‘‘accelerated filer’’ and ‘‘smaller reporting company’’ in Rule 12b-2 of
the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer (cid:2)

Smaller reporting company (cid:2)

Accelerated filer (cid:2)

Non-accelerated filer (cid:1)
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)

Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:2) No  (cid:1)

The  aggregate market value of the 26,886,539 shares  held  by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2014 (computed based on the closing

price on such date as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market) was $451,962,721.

Indicate  the  number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the last practicable date.

As of February 24, 2015, there were 41,018,404 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Company’s definitive proxy statement, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act

of 1934,  for its  2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated  by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains  forward-looking statements that involve substantial
risks and uncertainties. In some cases,  you  can identify forward-looking statements by the words ‘‘may’’,
‘‘might’’,  ‘‘will’’, ‘‘could’’, ‘‘would’’, ‘‘should’’, ‘‘expect’’, ‘‘intend’’, ‘‘plan’’,  ‘‘objective’’,  ‘‘anticipate’’,
‘‘believe’’, ‘‘estimate’’, ‘‘predict’’, ‘‘project’’, ‘‘potential’’,  ‘‘continue’’ and ‘‘ongoing’’, or the  negative  of
these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future.  These
statements involve known and unknown  risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual
results, levels of activity, performance  or  achievements to be materially  different  from the information
expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have  a
reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in  this Annual Report on Form  10-K, we
caution  you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors  currently  known  by
us and our expectations of the future,  about  which we cannot be certain.  Forward-looking  statements
include statements about:

(cid:127) trends in the higher education market and the market for online education, and expectations for

growth in those markets;

(cid:127) the acceptance, adoption and growth of online  learning by colleges and  universities, faculty,

students, employers, accreditors and state  and federal licensing bodies;

(cid:127) the potential benefits of our cloud-based  SaaS  technology and  technology-enabled  services  to

clients and students;

(cid:127) anticipated launch dates of new client  programs;

(cid:127) the predictability, visibility and recurring nature of our business model;

(cid:127) our ability to acquire new clients and expand programs with  existing clients,  including in the

international, undergraduate and doctoral markets;

(cid:127) our ability to continue to acquire prospective students for our clients’ programs;

(cid:127) our ability to affect or increase student retention in our  clients’ programs;

(cid:127) our growth strategy;

(cid:127) the scalability of our cloud-based SaaS technology;

(cid:127) our expected expenses in future periods  and  their  relationship to revenue;

(cid:127) potential changes in regulations applicable to us or our clients; and

(cid:127) the amount of time that we expect our cash balances and other available financial resources to

be sufficient to fund our operations.

You should refer to the ‘‘Risk Factors’’  section of this  Annual Report on Form 10-K for a
discussion of important factors that may  cause our actual results to differ materially from  those
expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these  factors, we cannot assure
you that  the forward-looking statements  in  this  Annual  Report on Form  10-K  will  prove to be accurate.
Furthermore, if our forward-looking  statements prove  to  be  inaccurate,  the inaccuracy may be material.
In light of the significant uncertainties in  these  forward-looking statements, you should  not  regard these
statements as a representation or warranty  by  us  or any other person that  we will achieve our objectives
and plans in any specified timeframe, or  at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new  information, future events  or otherwise, except
as required by law.

You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely  and with  the understanding that

our  actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our
forward-looking statements by these  cautionary statements.

1

2U, Inc.
FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1.
Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1A. Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 2.
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder  Matters and  Issuer

PART II

Purchases of Equity Securities

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 6.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and Results of

Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About  Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 8.
Changes in and Disagreements  with Accountants on Accounting and  Financial
Item 9.

Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 9B. Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers  and  Corporate  Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 11. Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related

Stockholder Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,  and Director Independence . . . . . . .
Principal Accounting Fees  and  Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 14.

PART IV

PAGE

3
20
43
43
43
43

44
45

48
67
68

101
101
101

102
102

102
102
102

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

103
104

2

Item 1. Business

Our Mission

PART I

2U enables great colleges and universities to bring  their  degree programs online, allowing them to
transform the way higher education is delivered.  We believe that  our Platform,  a fusion  of cloud-based
software-as-a-service technology and technology-enabled services, allows our clients  to  reach students
globally, enabling the education they provide to reach its highest potential so students can  reach theirs.

Company Overview

We  are a leading provider of cloud-based software-as-a-service, or  SaaS,  technology fused with
technology-enabled services, which we refer to as our Platform. Our Platform enables leading nonprofit
colleges and universities to deliver their high quality education to qualified students anywhere. Our
SaaS technology consists of an innovative online learning  environment, which we refer  to  as Online
Campus, and our operations applications. This technology is fused  with technology-enabled services, to
complete our Platform. Our Platform allows our clients’  programs  to  expand and operate at  scale,
providing the comprehensive infrastructure colleges and universities need  to  attract, enroll, educate,
support and graduate their students. By  leveraging our Platform, we believe  our  clients are  able to
expand their addressable markets while providing  educational  engagement, experiences and outcomes
to their online students that match or  exceed those of their on-campus offerings.

Our clients use the Online Campus portion of our  Platform to offer high quality educational

content, instructor-led classes averaging  ten students per session in a live, intimate and  engaging setting,
and a rich social networking experience, all accessible through proprietary web-based and  mobile
applications. Online Campus challenges every student to learn  from  the front row and every faculty
member to engage students in new and  innovative ways. Our clients  use the operations applications
within our Platform to expand, enable  and support  their  online  operations,  and integrate those
operations with their existing university systems.  These applications provide the content management,
admissions application processing, customer relationship  management, and other functionality necessary
to effectively operate our clients’ programs.  Our Platform  also provides clients with  real-time data and
deep analytical insight related to student performance and engagement,  student and faculty  satisfaction,
and enrollment. We believe that the SaaS technology within our Platform is  flexible, easy to use, highly
scalable and characterized by a high level  of  availability and  security.

The technology-enabled services we provide within our Platform are designed to improve

enrollment and retention of our clients’  students as  well as to provide  those students with  a complete,
high quality educational experience. We  have primary responsibility for identifying qualified students for
our  clients’ programs, generating potential  student  interest in the programs and driving applications to
the programs. We have developed sophisticated digital program marketing and student acquisition
capabilities, and we work closely with  our clients  to  help them create highly engaging multimedia
instructional content for delivery through  Online Campus. We also  provide other services that support
the complete lifecycle of a higher education program,  including  advising prospective  students  through
the admissions application process, providing technical, success  coaching and  other support, facilitating
accessibility to individuals with disabilities, facilitating  in-program field placements, and  obtaining  state
regulatory approvals. We provide the  significant domain expertise  and operating  capacity our  clients
require to scale and operate successfully  in the online environment.

Our clients are leading nonprofit colleges and universities, ten of  which were  ranked by U.S. News

and World Report among the top 75  undergraduate institutions in its 2015 National University
Rankings. Through our uncompromising focus  on quality and deep  understanding of  the higher
education environment, we believe we  have become not only a valued provider  of  the technology

3

services our clients use to implement and  manage their critical online education operations,  but also  a
trusted steward of their brands.

Our clients use our Platform to offer  full graduate degree programs online, and  some offer

doctorate and undergraduate degree programs as well. Currently, 11 well-recognized  nonprofit  colleges
and universities offer graduate degrees through our Platform, including the  University of  Southern
California, Georgetown University, the  University  of  North  Carolina at Chapel Hill and  the University
of California, Berkeley. In addition, the University of  Southern California offers a doctorate  degree,
and Simmons College offers an undergraduate degree, through our Platform.  We  believe we  have
additional opportunities to extend our  reach into the international graduate, doctoral and
undergraduate higher education markets.

We  believe that by delivering high quality degree programs online using our Platform, our clients

can improve educational outcomes and career opportunities  for a larger number of students and, by
doing so, broaden the global reach of  their  brands while maintaining their academic rigor and
admissions standards. By deploying our Platform, clients give their students, who receive  the same
degree or credit as their on-campus counterparts and generally pay equivalent tuition, the option of
pursuing their educations without potentially incurring  the burden  of moving, leaving existing
employment or giving up family and  community  support networks. This can substantially reduce the
total cost of obtaining a degree and lower  a  student’s total  debt  burden. It can also  allow  students  for
whom relocating is not an option to obtain  a higher quality education than  they might  be  able to access
in their local communities.

Full course equivalent enrollments in our clients’  programs  grew from 14,099 during  the twelve

months ended December 31, 2011 to 41,034  during  the twelve months ended December  31, 2014,
representing a compound annual growth  rate of 43%. We measure full course equivalent  enrollments in
our  clients’ programs by determining, for each  of  the courses offered  during a particular period, the
number of students enrolled in that course multiplied by the  percentage of the  course  completed during
that period. Any individual student may be enrolled in  more than  one  course  during  a period.  From
our  inception through December 31, 2014, more than 12,300 unique  individuals have enrolled  as
students in our clients’ programs, and  83% of  students who have entered  these programs have  either
graduated or remain enrolled. By the time the  last of these individuals graduate or  leave our clients’
programs, we estimate that they will have generated more  than $695  million in total program  tuition
and fees for our clients.

Our client relationships are characterized by  close, ongoing collaboration with faculty and

administration, as well as a deep integration between our clients’ academic missions  and operations and
our  Platform. Our compensation from our clients  consists primarily of a specified share of the  tuition
and fees paid to our clients by students  in the  programs  we enable, which we believe aligns our
interests with those of our clients. This revenue model, combined with long  contractual  terms, enables
us to make the investment in technology,  integration,  content production, program  marketing, student
and faculty support and other services necessary to create large, successful programs. In  addition,  our
proprietary program-selection algorithm enables us to deploy  capital with  greater confidence as we can
systematically identify universities and  programs that we  believe have  the highest probability of success
with our Platform.

Our client contracts generally have initial terms between  10 and 15 years  in length,  and, since  our

inception, all of the clients that have  engaged us remain active. In addition, in  February 2015,  the
University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill’s  Kenan-Flagler  Business  School,  which  is  our  third  client,
elected as part of a broader amendment  to their existing  contract, to extend  the initial term of that
agreement for an additional 10 years. As  part  of  this  amendment,  Kenan-Flagler also agreed to
eliminate  the  majority  of  the  exclusivity  obligations  contained  in  the  original  agreement  with  regard  to
our  offering of competitive programs  with other  schools.  We provided economic consideration to
Kenan-Flagler as a part of this amendment, including  agreeing  to  invest up to agreed upon levels in

4

marketing  the  program,  though  the  contractually  specified  revenue  share  percentage  in  the  original
agreement remained the same. With this amendment, Kenan-Flagler’s contract with us  now extends to
2030.

A significant percentage of our annual  revenue is  related to students returning to our clients’

programs after their first semester. In  the twelve months ended  December 31, 2014, 62%  of  our
revenue was related to students who  had enrolled and completed their first semester prior to the start
of the year. We believe this high percentage of revenue  attributable  to  returning students contributes to
the predictability and recurring nature  of  our business.

We  have achieved  significant growth in  a relatively short period  of time. For the  years  ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, our  revenue was  $110.2  million,  $83.1 million and  $55.9 million,
respectively. For the years ended December 31,  2014, 2013 and 2012, our  net losses were $29.0 million,
$28.0 million and $23.1 million, respectively,  and our Adjusted EBITDA loss, a non-GAAP measure,
was $14.8 million, $21.2 million and $18.8 million, respectively.  For a reconciliation of  Adjusted
EBITDA loss to net loss, see ‘‘Selected Financial  Data—Adjusted EBITDA.’’

Market Opportunity

The global higher education industry  is undergoing a significant transition. Due primarily to

macroeconomic conditions, public higher education  institutions in  the United States  and other countries
in recent years have faced decreased  governmental  financial  support and  increased  volatility  in graduate
enrollment rates. At the same time, we believe the  long-term growth prospects of the  global higher
education industry are strong, as governments, corporations  and individuals around the  world are
increasingly recognizing the importance of education  in a knowledge-based  economy.

In addition, technology, and online learning in  particular, is reshaping how  institutions deliver and

individuals access education. Rising rates of internet penetration,  the rapid proliferation  of mobile
devices and the growth in cloud-based services are  broadening the accessibility of educational  content
and services as well as the potential reach of educational institutions. As a result, colleges  and
universities are rethinking their operational and business models, determining how to incorporate
technology-enabled offerings into their long-term  growth strategies and seeking cost-effective ways to
expand their academic reach.

Rising Global Demand for Postsecondary Education

Higher education is a large and well-established market, both in the United  States and  worldwide.

In the United States alone, total revenue for all degree-granting postsecondary institutions was over
$500 billion for the 2011-2012 academic  year, according to a May  2014 report by the U.S. National
Center for Education Statistics. The  decade between 2000  and 2010  saw a 37%  increase in enrollment
in postsecondary degree granting institutions in  the United States,  from  15.3 million to 21.0  million,
according to the U.S. Department of  Education,  and  that number is  expected  to  rise to 23.8  million by
2021, a further increase of 13%.

Rapid Growth in Online Education

The market for online postsecondary  education has grown more  rapidly  than  the overall

postsecondary market, driven by the  increased  acceptance of online programs among students,
academic institutions and employers,  and the greater flexibility and convenience  of many online
programs. To date, the primary users  of online education have been  students  enrolled in for-profit
institutions, which we do not view as our competitors or  part  of the same industry given our  focus on
enabling leading nonprofit colleges and universities to deliver  their  high quality degree programs
online.

We  believe that in the past, many nonprofit institutions lacked confidence that online programs
could offer sufficient quality to align with their brands, market reputations  and academic standards.

5

However, academic research, as well  as our own  experience,  lead  us to believe that academic outcomes
in online environments are generally  equivalent to or better  than those  in traditional face-to-face
environments. We also believe nonprofit  institutions have been  hesitant to adopt new  initiatives given
that they lacked the capital, technological expertise and  marketing capabilities necessary to build
significant online operations. However, as  technology has  improved and online education initiatives
have become more prominent, nonprofit  colleges and universities are considering  online  education  as a
means to increase enrollments cost-effectively. According to a  2014 survey conducted by the Babson
Survey Research Group of Babson College,  71% of chief academic  officers  indicated that online
learning is critical to their school’s long-term strategy, up from  less than 50%  in 2002.

Challenges Faced by Providers of Postsecondary Education

During  this period of transition, providers  of  higher education are facing three fundamental
challenges. First, institutions recognize  that the shift in education towards digital media  is altering the
competitive landscape. The internet is  allowing new forms of  instructional  content and  courses  to
proliferate, and education service providers  who are unable  to  navigate the online environment  and
offer a compelling value proposition  to  students may cede market share to their  competitors.

Second, many institutions recognize that  they do not possess the human or technological resources

necessary to implement a successful online  learning strategy.  Scaling  degree  programs  online  requires
robust technology platforms and support  services, significant  expertise in  digital  marketing and
recruiting,  and  the  ability  to  create  highly  engaging  multimedia  content.  These  are  resources  that
colleges  and  universities  have  traditionally  not  possessed.

Third, many institutions face increasing financial challenges  that prevent them from investing more
heavily in developing technology-based solutions. In the United States,  funding  and endowment returns
have declined in recent years. For example, in 2012, total state support  for  higher education declined
by 7% to $81.1 billion, and increased  only  slightly  to  $81.6 billion in 2013,  according to a 2013  annual
report  from  the  State  Higher  Education  Executive  Officers  Association.  Given  this  environment,
institutions of higher education are actively looking for ways to increase  revenue, such  as by raising
tuition or increasing enrollment.

Our Opportunity

We  believe that an increasing number  of  institutions of higher education globally  will  implement

online learning strategies to extend their  reach and remain relevant to the needs of students. We
believe we have a significant opportunity to help leading nonprofit colleges  and universities implement
and scale high quality online degree  programs, as well as protect and deliver  on the promise of their
brands. We believe that the transition of the higher education  market  to  cloud-based online delivery is
just  beginning, and that we are uniquely positioned to capture market share by delivering a compelling,
value-producing Platform to these institutions.  Our  Platform provides nonprofit colleges and
universities with the ability to capitalize on  the disruptive forces  of  online education while extending
the academic reach of their programs. By doing so, our  clients are able not only to fulfill their missions
but also  to develop significant new sources of revenue through meaningful  additional enrollments.

Our Approach

Our Platform provides integrated cloud-based  SaaS technology  and technology-enabled services
that enables leading nonprofit colleges  and  universities  to  deliver high quality online degree programs.
The SaaS portion of our Platform is comprised of Online Campus and our operations applications.
Online  Campus supports a wide range  of  university functions, such as enabling high  quality educational
content, instructor-led classes averaging  ten students per session in a live, intimate and  engaging setting,
and a rich social networking experience, all accessible through proprietary web-based and  mobile
applications. It also serves as a hub for  student and faculty interaction, and incorporates a live, or

6

synchronous, learning experience, with pre-produced, or asynchronous, educational content  and
dynamic social networking.

Our clients use the operations applications  within our Platform to expand, enable  and support

their online operations, and we integrate these applications with the  various student information and
other operating systems they use to manage  functions within  their institutions. These applications
provide the content management, admissions  application processing,  customer relationship
management, and other functionality necessary to effectively  operate our  clients’ programs. Our
Platform also provides our clients with real-time data and deep  analytical insight related to student
performance and engagement, student  and faculty satisfaction, and enrollment. We believe that the
SaaS technology within our Platform  is flexible, easy  to  use, highly scalable and characterized by a  high
level  of  availability and security.

In conjunction with our cloud-based SaaS  technology, we  provide technology-enabled  services  that

support the complete lifecycle of a higher education program. These  include assisting our clients  in
developing engaging premium quality academic content that we host  and  deliver on our Online
Campus, attracting students, advising  prospective students through  the admissions  application  process,
providing technical, success coaching and other support, facilitating accessibility to individuals with
disabilities, facilitating in-program field  placements, and obtaining state regulatory approvals. Our
clients  retain control of, and responsibility for,  accreditation, admissions, financial aid,  faculty,
curriculum and the direct delivery of academic services such  as teaching,  grading and  assessment.

Using our Platform, our clients can:

(cid:127) Extend Institutional Mission and Reach. Our Platform enables clients to extend their brands  and
fulfill their missions by delivering high quality education  programs online to students anywhere
in the world while maintaining their academic rigor and admissions standards. Through our
Platform, clients are able to reach students who otherwise  may  not  have been able to enroll in
their programs, thereby furthering their marketplace recognition and extending their institutional
presence beyond geographic limitations. By  utilizing our  Platform, one of  our clients, a highly
ranked institution that has traditionally drawn  students  primarily from its surrounding region,
has  graduated  students  who  received  instruction  while  residing  in  49  states  and  54  countries.

(cid:127) Increase Revenue. Our Platform enables clients to increase  their  overall  enrollments significantly,
thereby growing their tuition revenue. Students  who  enroll in our clients’ programs through our
Platform generally pay the same tuition as  on-campus students. As of December 31, 2014,  one
client’s online program had nearly twice the number of students enrolled in the client’s
comparable on-campus program.

(cid:127) Increase Scalability. Our Platform allows clients to extend beyond  their  physical boundaries and
capacity constraints to scale programs without the  investment typically required  to  acquire,
educate  and  service  incremental  on-campus  students.  Before  launching  its  program  with  us,  one
of our clients had approximately 850 students in  its on-campus  degree  program, and that number
remains approximately the same today. In December 2014, less  than  four years after launch,  its
online program had 839 students enrolled,  increasing  the client’s  total student population for this
degree by over 98%. Our Platform also allows our clients to  identify and  employ highly qualified
teaching faculty without geographic constraint.

(cid:127) Deliver a Differentiated, Engaging Learning  Environment. The Online Campus portion of our

Platform leverages advanced software technology  to  enable highly  interactive learning
experiences. Instructors are able to lead live, intimate discussions in  seminar-style  classes with an
average of ten students per session. Students are able to access Online Campus using  proprietary
web-based and mobile applications and  engage with  rich, multimedia-based  educational content.
We  believe that this dynamic, interactive learning environment is more engaging and  impactful
than traditional educational environments or other approaches to online  education,  encouraging
students to remain in our clients’ programs through graduation. One of our clients graduated its

7

first class of students in 2013 with a 100%  graduation rate, and  more than 97% of the  students
who have ever entered its online program have  either graduated or remain  currently  enrolled.

(cid:127) Utilize Ongoing Data and Analytical Insight. Our Platform enables clients to track the  engagement
and learning outcomes of their online students to a significantly greater  degree  than for their
on-campus students. Through our analytics  and reporting  functions, clients can  follow key data
related to asynchronous student participation, class attendance, homework submission and
overall engagement, and can provide timely intervention  or  support services as  appropriate.  This
helps clients improve learning outcomes  for their students.

(cid:127) Increase Speed to Market. Our Platform enables institutions to implement  and scale  an online

degree program faster than they could on their own. We work closely with  our clients’ faculty  to
develop engaging asynchronous multimedia course  content, and apply our sophisticated digital
marketing expertise to attract potential students for  our clients’ programs. Our  clients do not
need to spend time installing servers, networking equipment or  other infrastructure to ensure a
scalable, reliable program offering.

Our Strengths

We believe the following to be our key strengths:

(cid:127) Robust, Differentiated Software and Services Platform. We believe our Platform, comprised of

robust cloud-based SaaS technology fused with  technology-enabled services, is highly
differentiated in the marketplace. The cloud-based  SaaS  technology within  our  Platform  offers
extensive features, high configurability, an  intuitive user interface and the ability to support
synchronous and asynchronous learning at scale. Our technology-enabled  services  are tightly
integrated with our SaaS technology and  together they provide  a broad set of capabilities that
would otherwise require the purchase of multiple,  disparate point solutions.

(cid:127) Proven Track Record Delivering Solutions for Leading Higher Education Institutions. We believe our

track record of successfully implementing our Platform for leading  nonprofit  colleges and
universities, together with the trust we have built with clients, create  a  significant competitive
advantage. Additionally, we regularly conduct Net  Promoter Score(cid:3) surveys with the faculty and
students in each of our client programs.  Net Promoter Score  is a commonly used measure of
customer loyalty and satisfaction. We believe that the  favorable scores received from both groups
demonstrate that we deliver our Platform  in an effective and  user-friendly manner.

(cid:127) Proprietary, Data-Driven Approach to Growth. Through our experience launching and  operating
programs with leading nonprofit colleges and universities, we have  developed  a proprietary
program-selection algorithm to drive the process  for identifying new programs and clients. Our
algorithm  draws  on  a  wide  variety  of  data  sets  including  the  operating  history  of  our  existing
programs, and is based on key market variables, including  the existing market size of a degree,
potential student demographics and client characteristics. We believe our approach to identifying
potential growth opportunities enables  us to systematically identify degrees at  colleges and
universities that we believe have the highest  probability of success. Not  only does  it enable  us to
deploy capital with greater confidence,  it also  provides our clients with greater assurance of, and
visibility into, program success.

(cid:127) Dedicated Focus on Quality. We prioritize quality by employing a ‘‘white glove’’ service model. We
are committed to delivering the technology and services  required to ensure that every student
and faculty member is fully supported throughout  the life of each program. This  model  is
designed to enable our clients to deliver academic programs that align with their brands and
produce positive student outcomes, not only in educational achievement but also in terms  of
graduation rates and other key measures of success. It  is  also designed to support student
satisfaction with, and retention in, our clients’  programs. Through  December 31, 2014, 83% of
students who have ever entered our clients’ programs have either graduated or remain enrolled.

8

(cid:127) Attractive Financial Model with Significant Predictability and Visibility. We believe our financial
model delivers significant operating leverage and visibility. Given the long-term nature of our
contracts, most of which have 10 to 15 year initial terms, though  one is longer, we  are able  to
benefit from increasing enrollments in clients’ programs as those programs mature, leading to
both revenue growth and expanding operating margins.  In  addition,  we believe  the significant
portion of our revenue that is typically attributable to returning students contributes to the
predictability and recurring nature of our business.

Our Growth Strategy

We  intend to continue our industry leadership as  a provider of cloud-based SaaS technology  and

technology-enabled services that enable  leading nonprofit  colleges  and  universities to deliver education
online. Our approach to growth is disciplined and focused on long-term success. The principal elements
of our strategy are to:

(cid:127) Grow  Our Client Base. We intend to expand beyond our existing client base through two focused

approaches:

(cid:127) Add Programs in New Academic Disciplines. We believe there is a substantial opportunity for

us to increase the size of our client base by adding graduate programs  in new  academic
disciplines  within  our  core  market  of  selective  colleges  and  universities.  According  to  the
U.S. Department of Education, during  the 2012-2013 academic year, U.S. institutions of
higher  education  offered  graduate  degrees  in  over  1,000  separate  disciplines.  Of  these
disciplines, 130 had more than 1,000 graduates  in  that year.

(cid:127) Expand Within Existing Academic Disciplines. We are also actively targeting new graduate-
level clients in academic disciplines where we have existing programs. We believe this
approach will enable us to leverage our program marketing investments across multiple
client programs within specific academic disciplines, expanding  the number of  students  who
can access high quality educations and significantly decreasing  student acquisition costs
within those disciplines.

(cid:127) Increase Enrollment and Add Programs and  Program Offerings with Existing Clients. We intend to
continue to increase student enrollments  within the existing programs  we  enable  for our clients.
We  will seek to accomplish this by acquiring an increasing number of  students for our clients’
existing degree programs and by adding additional offerings within a program, as  we have done
for programs at clients including the University  of  Southern California, Georgetown University
and Syracuse University. We have also been able  to  expand our  relationships with clients by
adding degree programs at the same  university,  as we have at the University of Southern
California, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill  and The George  Washington
University, among others.

(cid:127) Grow  International, Doctoral and Undergraduate Presence. We believe that there is significant

graduate market demand for our Platform as  colleges and universities worldwide seek to extend
their brands by accessing the growing global  market  for higher education. Our existing client
programs serve students in over 75 countries.  In addition, we believe there is a  meaningful
opportunity to expand the high quality online  education experiences we provide to doctoral
students. In the longer-term, we also believe  that our Platform could be used to offer additional
high quality online education experiences to undergraduate students.

(cid:127) Continue to Innovate and Extend our Technological Leadership. Our ability to deliver innovative

technology for our clients has been  central  to  our growth and success. We  intend to increase the
functionality of the cloud-based SaaS portion  of  our  Platform and continue our investment in
the development of new applications that extend our  technological leadership.

9

Our Platform

Our Platform consists of our cloud-based SaaS technology  fused with technology-enabled  services.

Proprietary, Cloud-Based SaaS Technology

Online  Campus

Our innovative online learning environment, Online Campus, enables our  clients to offer high
quality educational content together  with instructor-led classes in a live, intimate and engaging setting,
averaging ten students per session, all  accessible through proprietary web-based and mobile
applications. This virtual classroom experience is  enhanced by extensive social networking capabilities
that enable ongoing interaction and collaboration. Online Campus allows  our clients to provide a
personalized learning environment for faculty and  students as well as a robust  online  educational
community.

Online  Campus powers the following:

(cid:127) Virtual, Live Classes and Groups. Online Campus enables a variety of live, small-group class

sessions that are accessed online. Class sessions include a video feed  of  the instructor and  each
student, and each student has a ‘‘front row’’ seat  in the virtual classroom. Through Online
Campus, instructors can simultaneously lead group  discussions,  customize the  virtual classroom
to their individual styles and display a variety of documents, images, charts, notes  and videos.
Through December 31, 2014, Online Campus  has hosted approximately 153,000 live class
sessions. Online Campus also enhances collaboration by allowing students to interact during  class
sessions using face-to-face online interaction, establish  breakout groups  for  student discussion
and group work and share projects onscreen  for  group feedback. A recording of every live  class
is stored on Online Campus and made available to faculty and students for future reference.
Additionally, Online Campus is available for  students  to  collaborate in planned or ad hoc study
or work groups, regardless of day or time.

(cid:127) Delivery of High Quality, Engaging Content. Through Online Campus, we and our clients

collaboratively create, publish and deliver video and  other asynchronous content, interactive
course lectures, individual and group assignments and assessments.  We  have developed
technology solutions to augment our content  delivery capabilities, including our  Bi-Directional
Learning Tool, a technology we initially  created to facilitate the  Socratic  method of teaching law.
This technology enhances interaction  between a faculty member  and students,  both  individually
and as a group, by blending asynchronous content and real-time student responses in  the online
environment.

(cid:127) Dynamic Social Networking. Online Campus provides an intuitive social interface that  connects
students to an extended network of faculty, other students, researchers and administrators  who
are a part of their university community.  Some  clients grant  extended or lifelong  access to
Online Campus, so that their students  are  generally able to review course content  and recorded
class sessions from the courses they took.  We  provide users with fully customizable  social
profiles, multimedia postings and dynamic communication and notification tools designed  to
supplement the live classroom experience and promote meaningful relationships.

Operations Applications

Our clients use the operations applications within our Platform to expand, enable  and support
their online operations, and integrate those operations  with their existing university systems.  These
applications provide the content management,  admissions application processing, customer  relationship
management, and other functionality necessary to effectively  operate our  clients’ programs. In addition,

10

these applications provide clients with  real-time  data  and deep analytical insight  related to student
performance and engagement, student  and faculty satisfaction, and enrollment.

Our operations applications include the following:

(cid:127) Content Management System. Our content management system enables us and our  clients to

author, review and deploy the asynchronous content for their online programs through Online
Campus. The content management system includes  a set of  project management and
collaboration tools that allow clients to seamlessly integrate the work  of faculty  with that of our
course production and content development staff.

(cid:127) Admissions Application Processing Portal. Our proprietary admissions application system, known

as the Online Application and Recommendation System, or OARS, automates the online
admissions application process for prospective students of our clients’ programs. OARS  is
integrated with the primary marketing site  for each program, directly funneling prospective
students into each client’s existing admissions application process and providing automated
workflow for that process. Additionally, our system automates faculty review and student
notification to improve the efficiency of these processes.

(cid:127) Customer Relationship Management. We have developed customer relationship  management
deployments configured for each client’s specific program characteristics.  Each deployment
serves as the data  hub for scheduling, student  acquisition,  student application, faculty admissions
review, enrollment and student support for each program. Our  clients and our  staff, as
appropriate, can review, maintain and track  this information to ensure  that  functions driven  both
by the client and by us are properly coordinated.

Technology-Enabled Services

We  offer a comprehensive suite of technology-enabled services that support the  complete lifecycle

of a higher education program. These  services include the following:

(cid:127) Content Development. Leveraging our content management  system, our  content development
staff  works closely with our clients’ faculty in  a collaborative process  to  produce high quality,
engaging online coursework and content. We produce scripted  and casual videos in studio  and
on location, transform static content  into  interactive materials and ultimately  assemble
customized online course materials for delivery through our Online Campus. While our  clients
retain control of and responsibility for the  curricula, we work closely with  them to present the
content in a highly engaging manner.

(cid:127) Student Acquisition. Leveraging our customer relationship management deployments and  other
technology within our Platform, we provide dedicated program marketing services to drive
applications for each client program. Our program-specific marketing teams  develop  creative
assets, such as websites related to the  fields  of  study  of  our clients’ programs,  and execute
campaigns aimed at acquiring students cost-effectively. Our  search  engine optimization team
supports our prospective student generation efforts across all of our  clients’ programs. Our
campaigns are focused on finding the right prospective student at  the right  time in his or  her
search.

(cid:127) Dedicated ‘‘White Glove’’ Service. High quality student and faculty support is  a central pillar  of

our  bundled service offering. We are committed to delivering the  technology and services
required to ensure that every student  and faculty member is fully  supported throughout the  life
of each program. Some of the key services we provide include:

(cid:127) Admissions Application Advising: Leveraging our customer relationship management

deployments and other technology within  our Platform,  our program-dedicated teams work

11

with prospective students as they consider and apply to a client  program. Once a student
has submitted a completed admissions application package through  the OARS  portal,  it is
routed to and reviewed by the university admissions  office, which  renders the final
admission decision.

(cid:127) Student and Faculty Support: We augment each student’s academic experience by assigning

a dedicated advisor to provide ongoing individualized  non-academic support. We also
provide a dedicated support team that  supports and trains university administration  and
faculty on how to use Online Campus and other components of our  Platform  to  facilitate
outstanding live instruction.

(cid:127) Accessibility: For students with disabilities, we are  able to facilitate  accessibility  across our
Platform. These include providing screen-reading technology, captioning, subtitling  and
voice-over descriptions for asynchronous  content, and sign  language interpretation and real
time captioning for live classes.

(cid:127) In-Program Student Field Placements: Our field placement team is dedicated to securing
in-program field placement opportunities for  students enrolled in our clients’ programs.
Leveraging a geo-location database within  our Platform, we work closely  with faculty  to
identify and approve sites that meet curriculum  requirements. Through December  31, 2014,
our placement team has facilitated more than  20,000  individual in-program field placements
in approximately 14,000 organizations  around the world.

(cid:127) State Authorization Services. Each online program a client  offers using our Platform must
comply with state authorization requirements in each state  where the students enrolled in
the program reside. We work with most of  our clients to identify and satisfy  state
authorization requirements.

Technology

The cloud-based SaaS technology within our Platform is designed to deliver an exceptional
end-user experience in a secure environment.  To increase the speed at which we develop and enhance
our  solutions, we use open-source technology and custom development of our own instructional design
tools and learning components.

Our technology stack resides completely in  the cloud, with a high level  of  security and horizontal

scalability. We work with Amazon Web Services, our cloud hosting provider, to ensure  high levels of
redundancy and general preparedness.  We  have the  ability to manage hundreds of server instances in
Amazon Web Services and elsewhere  through our automated deployment technologies.

Our application programming interface, or API,  is at the core of all of the SaaS technology within

our  Platform providing a standardized way  to  provision, manage, engage and deliver content to
students, faculty and administrators. The  API supports  advanced  analytics that allow us to search and
analyze student usage data to evaluate  course content, inform continuous technology development and
improve user experiences. The API manages authentication and access for our entire technology stack
and is designed to manage and interface  with  new technologies as they are introduced.

Our development process follows best practices  in web security, including formal design reviews by
operations security consultants, threat  modeling  and risk  assessments. All deployed software undergoes
recurring penetration testing performed by  certified industry experts. Our security risk assessment
reviews begin during the design phase  and  continue  through ongoing operations.

All of the applications and application components within our SaaS technology are designed from

the ground up to produce significant, readable and interpretable data to centralized systems in the form
of monitors and logs that allow us to  proactively identify  and  mitigate  potential capacity, performance

12

and security issues. We design our SaaS technology  to  industry security standards  as well as
requirements set out in current applicable  regulations and  standards.

Program Marketing and Sales

We  dedicate the bulk of our program  marketing and  sales  efforts to acquiring students for  our

clients’ programs, and have developed  highly  sophisticated internet-based program  marketing and
student acquisition capabilities. Our  model is not dependent on  launching a large number of new
programs per year, either with new or  existing clients.  Accordingly, we  do not maintain a sales force
targeted at new client or program acquisition.  Rather, our new clients  and programs are largely
generated through a direct approach  by our  senior  management to selected colleges and  universities.
We  use a proprietary program selection algorithm to develop our pipeline of target clients. This
data-centric model uses internally generated, publicly  available  and purchased data on market  size,
selectivity, student demographics, competition and  other factors to identify combinations  of  colleges
and universities and programs we believe will have the best  prospects of long-term success.

Clients

Most of our client contracts have initial terms  of 10 to 15  years,  though one is longer,  and do not

include termination rights for convenience. Most contracts  impose liquidated damages for a client’s
non-renewal, unless the client otherwise  terminates due to  our uncured breach. Each of  our clients
owns all of the academic content that we help them develop, although  we are  generally  not  obligated to
develop content that will be functional anywhere but within  Online  Campus.

Our contracts also set forth the parties’ respective rights to  offer competitive programs. For
example, some contracts permit us to offer competitive programs with other schools whose potential
students are not academically qualified or otherwise  interested  in the program we offer with  our  client.
Other contracts prohibit us from offering  competitive programs with a specific list  of  schools, whether a
certain number as listed on U.S. News &  World Report’s ‘‘best’’ schools  list or a  specifically
enumerated list of schools negotiated  with  our client. In addition, any limitation on our ability to offer
competitive programs becomes inapplicable if a  client either refuses  to  scale the program to
accommodate all students qualifying  for admission into the  program, or raises the  program admissions
standards above those at the time of contract execution. In addition, our  contracts  generally  prohibit
our  clients  from  offering  any  online  competitive  program.  Our  more  recent  contracts  do  not  restrict  our
ability to offer competitive programs.

Our two longest running programs, launched in 2009 and 2010,  are  with the  University  of  Southern

California, or USC. For the years ended  December  31, 2014, 2013 and  2012, 55%, 69%  and 78%,
respectively, of our revenue was derived from these two programs.  We expect USC will continue to
account for a large portion of our revenue until our other client programs become more  mature  and
achieve significantly higher enrollment levels.

We  have contracts with the USC Rossier School of Education, or  Rossier, to enable a Master of

Arts  in Teaching program, or MAT program, and with  the USC School  of  Social Work to enable  a
Master of Social Work program. Under our contracts with  each of Rossier and  the School  of  Social
Work, we are entitled to a specified  percentage of the net  program  proceeds. With Rossier, we are
eligible for an increased percentage of  net program proceeds if the  net program  proceeds exceed a
specified level. We advanced funds to Rossier to help  fund the startup  of  the MAT program, and these
advanced amounts were subject to recoupment against  portions of the  net program  proceeds under
specified conditions. These two contracts  each provide for an initial term  of ten  years,  automatic
renewal for successive three-year terms  unless either  party gives one-year notice of non-renewal, and
liquidated damages if Rossier or the School  of  Social Work, as the case may be, fails to renew its
respective contract after any term. Both  contracts include a  mutual restriction  from developing

13

competitive programs during the term  of  the contract, subject to specified exceptions.  These exceptions
include our development of programs  that target students who  may  not otherwise be qualified  for
acceptance into the applicable program.  These exclusivity  obligations may be terminated or limited
under specified circumstances.

Our program with the Georgetown University  School of  Nursing and Health  Studies  accounted for

14% and 16% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Competition

The overall market for technology solutions that enable higher education providers to deliver
education online is highly fragmented,  rapidly evolving and  subject to changing technology, shifting
needs of students and educators and frequent introductions of new methods  of delivering  education
online. Several competitors provide solutions that compete with some of the capabilities of our
Platform. Two such competitors, EmbanetCompass and  Deltak, were  acquired  in 2012 by Pearson and
John Wiley & Sons, respectively, both  of which are large education and publishing  companies. There
are also several new and existing vendors providing  some or all  of  the services we provide to other
segments of the education market, and these vendors may pursue  the  institutions we target. In addition,
nonprofit colleges and universities may  elect to continue using or develop their own online learning
solutions in-house.

We  expect that the competitive landscape will change as the market for online college  programs  at

nonprofit institutions matures. We believe  the principal competitive factors in our market include the
following:

(cid:127) brand awareness and reputation;

(cid:127) robustness of technology offering;

(cid:127) breadth and depth of service offering;

(cid:127) ability to invest in program start-up  costs;

(cid:127) expertise in program marketing, student acquisition and student retention;

(cid:127) quality of user experience;

(cid:127) ease of deployment and use of solutions;

(cid:127) level of customization, configurability, security, scalability and  reliability  of  solutions; and

(cid:127) quality of client base and track record of  performance.

We  believe we compete favorably on  the basis  of  these  factors. Our  ability to remain competitive

will depend, to a great extent, upon our ability  to  consistently deliver high  quality technology  solutions,
meet client needs for content development, and acquire, support and retain students.

Intellectual Property

We  protect our intellectual property  by relying on  a combination of copyrights, trademarks, trade
secrets, patent applications and contractual  agreements. For example, we rely  on trademark protection
in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions to protect  our rights to various marks, including
2U, NO BACK ROW, and other distinctive logos associated with our brand.  We also  have two  patent
applications pending in the United States, which  are directed to computer-implemented processes  that
facilitate asynchronous student responses to teacher  questions.

14

We  ensure that we own intellectual property created for us by  signing agreements with employees,

independent contractors, consultants, companies, and any other third  party that creates  intellectual
property for us that assign any intellectual property rights  to us.

Portions  of our Platform rely upon third-party  licensed intellectual property.

We  have also established business procedures designed to maintain  the confidentiality of our
proprietary information, including the use  of confidentiality  agreements with  employees, independent
contractors, consultants and companies with  which we conduct business.

We  continue to evaluate developing and expanding our intellectual property rights in  patents,
trademarks and copyrights, as available through registration  in the United States and  internationally.

For important additional information  related to our intellectual property  position,  please review

the information set forth in ‘‘Risk Factors—Risks Related to Intellectual Property.’’

Education Laws and Regulations

The higher education industry is heavily  regulated. Institutions of higher education  that  award
degrees and certificates to signify the successful completion of an academic  program are subject to
regulation from three primary entities:  the U.S. Department  of Education, or DOE, accrediting
agencies and state licensing authorities.  Each of these entities promulgates and  enforces its  own laws,
regulations and standards, which we refer  to collectively as education  laws.

We  contract with postsecondary institutions that are subject to education laws. In addition, we

ourselves  are required to comply with  certain education laws  as a result  of  our  role as  a service
provider to institutions of higher education, either  directly  or  indirectly through our contractual
arrangements with clients. Our failure,  or that of our clients, to comply with education laws could
adversely impact our operations. As a  result, we work  closely with our clients  to  maintain  compliance
with education laws.

Federal Laws and Regulations

Under the Higher  Education Act of 1965, as  amended, or the HEA,  institutions offering
postsecondary education must comply  with  certain laws and related regulations promulgated by the
DOE in order to participate in the Title  IV federal student financial assistance programs.  All of our
clients  participate in the Title IV programs.

The HEA and the  regulations promulgated thereunder are  frequently revised,  repealed or

expanded. Congress historically has reauthorized  and amended the HEA in  regular intervals,
approximately every five to seven years. The re-authorization process is  currently under way.

The re-authorization of the HEA could alter the regulatory landscape of  the  higher education

industry, and thereby impact the manner  in which we  conduct  business and serve  our  clients. In
addition, the DOE is independently conducting an ongoing series  of  rulemakings  intended to assure  the
integrity of the Title IV programs. The  DOE also  frequently  issues formal and informal guidance
instructing institutions of higher education and other covered entities how to comply with various
federal laws and regulations. DOE guidance is subject to frequent change and may impact our business
model.

Although we are not considered an institution of higher education and we do not directly
participate in Title IV programs, we  are  required to comply with  certain regulations promulgated by
the DOE as a result of our role as a service provider to institutions that do participate  in Title IV
programs. These include, for example,  regulations governing  student privacy under Family Educational
Rights and Privacy Act, or FERPA. The most material obligations stem from new rules and revisions to
existing regulations promulgated by the DOE  in 2010  as part of the so-called  ‘‘program integrity’’ rules.

15

While the program integrity rules were targeted at for-profit institutions  of higher  education, most
apply  equally to traditional colleges and  universities such as our clients, and  they apply in particular to
institutions contracting with outside vendors to provide  services, particularly in  connection with  distance
education. These rules include principally  the incentive compensation rule, the misrepresentation  rule,
the written arrangements rules and state  authorization requirements. Many of the program integrity
rules were subsequently challenged, but survived, largely intact,  in 2012 in  a decision issued by the U.S.
Court of Appeals for the District of  Columbia, Association of Private Sector Colleges  and  Universities v.
Duncan. The more significant program integrity rules applicable to us  or our clients  are discussed in
further detail below.

Incentive  Compensation Rule

The HEA provides that any institution that participates in the  Title IV federal  student financial
assistance programs must agree with the DOE  that the institution  will not  provide any  commission,
bonus  or other incentive payment to any person or  entity engaged in any  student recruiting or
admission activities.

As part of the program integrity rules, the DOE issued revised regulations regarding  incentive

compensation effective July 1, 2011. Under the  revised regulations, each  higher education institution
agrees that it will not ‘‘provide any commission, bonus, or  other incentive payment based  in any  part,
directly or indirectly, upon success in securing enrollments  or  the award of financial aid, to any  person
or entity who is engaged in any student recruitment or admission  activity, or in  making decisions
regarding the award of title IV, HEA program  funds.’’ Pursuant to this rule, we are prohibited from
offering our covered employees, which  are  those involved with or responsible  for recruiting or
admissions activities, any bonus or incentive-based compensation based on the  successful recruitment,
admission or enrollment of students into  a postsecondary institution.

In addition, the revised rule initially  raised  a question as  to  whether  our company itself, as an
entity, is prohibited from entering into tuition revenue-sharing  arrangements with  clients. On  March 17,
2011, the DOE issued official agency  guidance, known as  a  ‘‘Dear  Colleague Letter,’’ or  the DCL,
providing guidance on this point. The DCL states  that ‘‘[t]he Department generally views payment
based on the amount of tuition generated  as an indirect payment  of  incentive  compensation  based on
success in recruitment and therefore a prohibited basis  upon which to measure the value of the services
provided’’ and that ‘‘[t]his is true regardless of the  manner in which  the entity compensates its
employees.’’ But the DCL also provides  an important  exception  to  the ban on tuition revenue-sharing
arrangements between institutions and  third  parties. According to the DCL, the  DOE does not
consider payment based on the amount of tuition  generated by an institution  to  violate the  incentive
compensation ban  if the payment compensates an  ‘‘unaffiliated  third party’’ that provides  a set of
‘‘bundled services’’ that includes recruitment services,  such as those we  provide. Example  2-B  in the
DCL is described as a ‘‘possible business model’’ developed  ‘‘with the  statutory mandate in mind.’’
Example 2-B describes the following  as  a possible business model:

‘‘A third party that is not affiliated with  the institution it serves and is not affiliated  with any

other institution that provides educational services,  provides bundled services  to  the institution
including marketing, enrollment application assistance, recruitment services, course support for
online delivery of courses, the provision of technology, placement  services for  internships, and
student career counseling. The institution may  pay  the entity an amount based on tuition
generated for the institution by the entity’s activities for  all  the bundled services that are  offered
and provided collectively, as long as  the entity does  not make prohibited compensation payments
to its employees, and the institution  does not pay the  entity separately  for  student  recruitment
services provided by the entity.’’

16

The DCL guidance indicates that that an  arrangement that complies  with Example 2-B will be

deemed to be in compliance with the  incentive compensation provisions of the  HEA and the DOE’s
regulations. Our business model and  contractual  arrangements  with client institutions closely follow
Example 2-B in the DCL. In addition, we  assure that none of our ‘‘covered employees’’  is paid any
bonus  or other incentive compensation  in violation  of  the rule.

Because the bundled services rule was promulgated  in the form of agency  guidance issued by the
DOE in the form of a DCL and is not codified by statute or regulation, the rule could be altered  or
removed without prior notice, public comment period or other  administrative procedural requirements
that accompany formal agency rulemaking. Similarly, a  court could invalidate the rule in an action
involving our company or our clients, or  in action  that does not involve us  at all. The revision,  removal
or invalidation of the bundled services  rule by  Congress, the  DOE  or  a court  could  require us to
change our business model.

Misrepresentation Rule

The HEA prohibits an institution that participates  in the Title IV programs from  engaging in  any

‘‘substantial misrepresentation’’ regarding  three broad subject areas: (1) the nature of the  school’s
education programs, (2) the school’s financial charges and  (3) the employability of the school’s
graduates. In 2010, as part of the program integrity rules, the DOE revised its regulations in order to
significantly expand the scope of the misrepresentation  rule. Although some of the DOE’s most
expansive amendments to the misrepresentation rule were overturned  by the courts in 2012,  most of
the 2010 amendments survived and remain in effect.

Under the new rule, ‘‘misrepresentation’’ is defined as  any false,  erroneous  or misleading

statement, written, visual or oral. This includes  even  statements that  ‘‘have the  likelihood or tendency
to deceive.’’ Therefore, a statement need not be intentionally deceitful to qualify as a
misrepresentation. ‘‘Substantial misrepresentation’’ is  defined loosely as a misrepresentation on which
the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected  to  rely,  or has reasonably relied,  to  that
person’s detriment.

The new regulation also expands the  scope  of the rule to cover statements made by any

representative of an institution, including agents, employees and  subcontractors, and  statements  made
directly or indirectly to any third party, including state  agencies,  government officials or the  public, and
not just to students or prospective students.

Violations of the misrepresentation rule  are subject  to  various sanctions by the  DOE and violations

may be used as a basis for legal action by  third  parties. Similar rules apply under state  laws  or are
incorporated in institutional accreditation standards. As a  result, we  and our employees and
subcontractors, as  agents of our clients, must  use a high degree of care  to comply with the
misrepresentation rule and are prohibited by contract from  making any false, erroneous or misleading
statements about our clients. To avoid  an  issue  under the  misrepresentation rule, we assure  that  all
marketing materials are approved in  advance by our clients before they are used by our employees  and
we carefully monitor our subcontractors.

Accreditation Rules and Standards

Accrediting agencies primarily examine  the academic quality  of the instructional programs of an

educational institution, and a grant of  accreditation is typically viewed as confirmation that an
institution or an institution’s programs meet  generally  accepted academic standards. Accrediting
agencies also review the administrative  and financial operations of the institutions they accredit to
ensure that each institution has the resources to perform its educational mission. The DOE  also relies
on accrediting agencies to determine  whether institutions’ educational programs  qualify the  institutions
to participate in Title IV programs.

17

In addition to institutional accreditation, colleges and universities may require specialized
programmatic accreditation for particular educational programs.  Many states and professional
associations require professional programs to be accredited, and  require  individuals to have graduated
from accredited programs in order to  sit  for professional license exams. Programmatic accreditation,
while not a sufficient basis for institutional Title IV Program  certification  by  the DOE,  assists  graduates
to practice or otherwise secure appropriate employment in their chosen field. Common  fields of  study
subject to programmatic accreditation  include  teaching and nursing.

Although we are not an accredited institution and are not  required to maintain accreditation,
accrediting agencies are responsible for reviewing an accredited institution’s third-party  contracts with
service providers like us and may require  an institution to obtain  approval from or  to  notify  the
accreditor in connection with such arrangements. One purpose  of the notification and approval
requirements is to verify that the accredited institution remains responsible for  providing academic
instruction leading to a credential and provides oversight of other activities undertaken by third parties
like us that are within the scope of its  accreditation. We  work  closely with  our  clients to assure that the
standards of their respective accreditors  are met  and  are not adversely impacted by us.

Accrediting agencies are also responsible for  assuring  that any  ‘‘written  arrangements’’ to outsource

academic instruction meet accrediting standards  and  related regulations  of the DOE. Our  operations
are generally not subject to such ‘‘written arrangements’’ rules because academic instruction is  provided
by our client institutions and not by us.

State Laws and Regulations

Each  state has at least one licensing agency responsible for the oversight of educational institutions

operating within its jurisdiction. Continued approval  by such agencies is necessary for an institution  to
operate and grant degrees, diplomas or  certificates in  those states. Moreover,  under the HEA, approval
by such agencies is necessary to maintain  eligibility to participate  in Title  IV programs.  The level of
regulatory oversight varies substantially from  state to state.

We  and our clients may be subject to regulation  in each state in which we or  they own facilities,
provide distance education or recruit students. State laws  establish standards for, among other things,
student instruction, qualifications of faculty, location and nature  of  facilities, recruiting  practices  and
financial policies. The need to comply with applicable state laws and regulations may  limit or delay  our
ability to market programs or offer new  degree  programs  of our  clients.

State regulatory requirements for online education are inconsistent  between states,  change

frequently and, in  some instances, are outmoded. In addition, the interpretation  of state authorization
regulations is subject to substantial discretion by the state agency responsible  for enforcing the
regulations. Some states have enacted legislation or  issued  regulations that specifically address online
educational programs, some of which  may  affect  our  operations.

As part of the program integrity rules, the DOE required, among other things, that an institution

offering distance learning or online programs secure the  approval of  those states which require  such
approval and provide evidence of such  approval  to  the DOE upon request.  This regulation dramatically
increased the importance of state authorization  because failure to obtain  it could result in an  obligation
to return federal funds received by an  institution.  On July  12, 2011, the U.S.  District Court for  the
District  of Columbia struck down those portions of regulations requiring proof of state  approval for
online education programs on procedural grounds, and that holding was upheld by the  United States
Court of Appeals for the District of  Columbia Circuit. However, on November 19, 2013, the DOE
announced that it  would consider issuing new regulations regarding  state authorization for programs
offered through distance education. As a  result, the DOE is  expected to reinstate the 2010  rule  in 2015,
and may create new compliance obligations for  institutions  that offer online educational programs in

18

the U.S.  and abroad. DOE rulemaking to consider these  and other issues is  presently underway and  is
expected to be completed by or before 2016.

We  monitor state law developments closely and work closely  with our clients  to  assist  them with

obtaining any required approvals.

Other  Laws

Our activities on behalf of institutions are also subject to other  federal and state  laws.  These

regulations include, but are not limited  to,  consumer marketing and unfair trade practices laws and
regulations, including those promulgated  and enforced by the Federal  Trade Commission,  as well as
federal and state data protection and privacy requirements.

Employees

As of December 31, 2014, we had 708  full-time employees and 76 part-time  employees. None of
our  employees are represented by a labor  union or covered by a  collective  bargaining agreement.  We
consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Facilities

We  lease approximately 68,000 square  feet of space  for  our corporate  headquarters in Landover,
Maryland pursuant to a lease that expires  in July 2018. We also lease  an aggregate of approximately
31,000 square feet of space in New York, Los Angeles,  Chapel Hill  and Hong  Kong. We sublease a
portion of this office space to third parties. We are currently  evaluating  options for additional space  in
Landover and New York as needed to accommodate our growth,  and  we believe that we will be able  to
obtain such space on acceptable, commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved  in legal  proceedings  arising in the ordinary course  of
our  business. We are not presently a party to any material  legal proceedings, nor are  we a  party to any
legal proceedings that, if determined adversely  to  us,  would individually or taken  together  have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

19

Item 1A. Risk Factors

In addition to the other information  set forth  in this  Annual Report on  Form 10-K, you should

carefully consider the factors discussed in the ‘‘Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking  Statements’’
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Risks Related to Our Business Model, Our Operations and Our Growth  Strategy

We have  a limited operating history, which makes  it difficult to predict our future  financial and operating
results, and we may not achieve our expected financial and operating  results in  the future.

We  were incorporated in 2008 and launched our first client program in  2009. We are currently

engaged by 11 colleges and universities  to  enable 15  programs that have launched and in which
students have enrolled. Five of these programs launched in 2013, four programs and a dual degree
between an additional university client  and one of our existing  clients launched in 2014, and two
programs launched in 2015. We have also announced three new  graduate programs with  two current
university clients and one new university  client that we  expect to launch later in 2015. As a  result of
our  limited operating history, our ability  to  forecast  our future  operating results,  including revenue,
cash flows and profitability, is limited  and subject to a  number of uncertainties. We have  encountered
and will encounter risks and uncertainties  frequently experienced  by growing companies in the
technology industry. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties are incorrect or  change
due to factors impacting our targeted markets, or  if we do  not manage these  risks successfully, our
operating and financial results may differ materially from  our expectations and our  business  may suffer.

We have  incurred significant net losses since  inception,  and we expect our operating expenses to increase
significantly in the foreseeable future, which may make it more  difficult  for us  to achieve and  maintain
profitability.

We  incurred net losses of $29.0 million,  $28.0 million and  $23.1 million during the years ended

December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We will need to generate and sustain increased
revenue levels in future periods to become  profitable,  and, even if  we do, we  may not be able  to
maintain or increase our level of profitability. We anticipate  that our  operating expenses will  increase
substantially in the foreseeable future as  we undertake increased technology and production efforts to
support a growing number of client programs  and  increase our program marketing  and sales efforts to
drive the acquisition of potential students  in these programs.  In addition,  as a public company,  we will
continue to incur significant accounting, legal and  other expenses  that we did  not  incur  as a private
company. These expenditures will make  it  harder  for  us to achieve  and maintain  profitability. Our
efforts to grow our business may be more  costly than we  expect, and we may not be able to increase
our  revenue enough to offset our higher  operating expenses.  If we are forced  to  reduce our expenses,
our  growth strategy could be compromised. We may incur  significant losses in  the future  for a  number
of reasons, including unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown events.
As a result, we can provide no assurance as to whether or when  we  will achieve profitability. If we are
not able to achieve and maintain profitability, the value of  our company and our common  stock  could
decline  significantly.

Our business depends heavily on the adoption by  colleges and universities of online delivery of their  programs.
If we fail to attract new colleges and universities as clients, our revenue  growth and  profitability may  suffer.

The success of our business depends  in  large part  on our ability to enter into agreements with
additional nonprofit colleges and universities for  their  offering of degree  programs online. In particular,
to engage new clients, we need to convince nonprofit colleges and  universities, many of which  have
been educating students in generally the same  types of on-campus programs for hundreds of  years,  to
invest significant time and resources  to adjust  the manner in which they teach students for an online

20

degree program. The delivery of degree-granting programs online at leading  nonprofit  colleges and
universities is nascent, and many administrators and faculty  members  have expressed concern regarding
the perceived loss of control over the education process that  might result  from offering  content online,
as well as skepticism regarding the ability  of colleges and universities  to  provide high quality education
online that maintains the standards they  set  for their on-campus  programs.  It may be difficult to
overcome this resistance, and there can be no assurance  that online  programs  of  the kind we develop
with our clients will ever achieve significant market acceptance.

Our financial performance depends heavily on our ability to  acquire qualified  potential  students for  our
clients’ programs, and our ability to do  so  may be  affected by circumstances beyond our control.

Building awareness of our clients’ programs is  critical  to  our ability to acquire prospective students
for our  clients’ programs and generate revenue. A substantial portion of  our expenses is  attributable  to
program marketing and sales efforts dedicated to attracting potential students to our clients’ programs.
Because we generate revenue based on  a  portion of the tuition and fees that our clients collect from
the students enrolled in their programs,  it is  critical  to  our  success that we identify  prospective students
who meet our clients’ admissions criteria  in a cost-effective  manner,  and that enrolled  students  remain
active  in our clients’ programs.

The following factors, many of which  are largely  outside of  our control, may prevent us from
successfully driving and maintaining student enrollment in our  clients’ programs in a  cost-effective
manner or at all:

(cid:127) Negative perceptions about online learning programs. As a non-traditional form of education
delivery, prospective students will subject  our  clients’ online degree programs to increased
scrutiny. Online learning programs that  we or  our  competitors offer may not be successful  or
operate efficiently, and new entrants to the field of online learning  also may not perform well.
Such underperformance could create the perception that online programs in  general are not an
effective way to educate students, whether  or not our clients’ programs achieve  satisfactory
performance, which could make it difficult for  us to successfully attract prospective  students  for
our  clients’ programs. Students may be  reluctant  to  enroll in  online  programs  for fear that the
learning experience may be substandard, that employers may be averse to hiring students who
received their education online, or that organizations  granting professional licenses or
certifications may be reluctant to grant them based on degrees earned through online education.

(cid:127) Ineffective program marketing efforts. We invest substantial resources in developing and

implementing data-driven program marketing strategies that  focus on identifying the right
potential student at the right time. Our  program marketing efforts  make substantial use of
search engine optimization, paid search and custom website  development  and deployment. If  our
execution of this strategy proves to be inefficient or unsuccessful in generating a sufficient
quantity of high quality prospective students, or  if the costs associated with the  execution  of this
strategy increase, our revenue could be adversely affected.

(cid:127) Damage to client reputation. Because we market a specific client degree program to potential

students, the reputations of our clients are  critical  to  our  ability to enroll  students. Many factors
affecting our clients’ reputations are beyond our control and can  change over time, including
their academic performance and ranking among nonprofit educational  institutions  offering a
particular degree program.

(cid:127) Lack of interest in the degree offered  by the program. We may encounter difficulties attracting
qualified students for degree programs that  are not highly  desired or that are  relatively  new
within their fields. Macroeconomic conditions beyond our control may  diminish interest in
employment in a field, and that could  contribute to lack  of  interest  in degrees in the  disciplines
offered by our clients.

21

(cid:127) Our lack of control over our clients’ admissions decisions. Even if we are able to identity

prospective students for a program, there is no guarantee that students will  be  admitted  to  that
program. Our clients retain complete discretion in  their admissions decisions, and any changes to
admissions standards, or inconsistent application of admissions standards, could affect student
enrollment and our ability to generate revenue.

(cid:127) Inability of students to secure funding. Like traditional college and university students, many of
the students in our clients’ programs rely  heavily on the  availability of third-party financing to
pay for the costs of their educations, including  tuition.  This tuition assistance may include
federal or private student loans, scholarships  and  grants, or benefits or reimbursement provided
by the students’ employers. Any developments that  reduce the  availability of financial aid for
higher education generally, or for our clients’ programs  in particular, could impair  students’
abilities  to meet their financial obligations, which in turn  could result in reduced enrollment and
harm our ability to generate revenue.

(cid:127) General economic conditions. Student enrollment in our clients’ programs may be affected by

changes in the U.S. economy and, to a  lesser extent,  by global economic conditions. An
improvement in economic conditions in the United States and, in particular, an  improvement in
the U.S. unemployment rate, may reduce demand among potential students for  higher
educational services, as they may find adequate employment  without additional education.
Conversely, a worsening of economic and employment conditions may reduce the willingness  of
employers to sponsor higher educational  opportunities for their employees or discourage existing
or potential students from pursuing higher education due  to a perception that there are
insufficient job opportunities, increased  economic  uncertainty or other factors, any of  which
could adversely impact our ability to  attract qualified students to our clients’ programs. If one or
more of these factors reduces student  demand for  our clients’ programs, enrollment could be
negatively affected, our costs associated with student acquisition and retention could increase, or
both, any of which could materially  compromise  our ability to grow our revenue or  achieve
profitability. These developments could also harm our reputation and make it more difficult for
us to engage additional clients for new programs, which would negatively  impact our ability to
expand our business.

Disruption to or failures of the SaaS technology  within our  Platform could reduce  client and student
satisfaction with our clients’ programs and  could  harm our reputation.

The performance and reliability of the SaaS technology within our Platform is critical to our
operations, reputation and ability to attract new clients, as well as our student acquisition and  retention
efforts. Our clients rely on this technology to offer  their programs online, and students access  this
technology on a frequent basis as an  important part of their educational experience. Accordingly, any
errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems  with the SaaS  technology within  our
Platform could damage our or our clients’ reputations, decrease student satisfaction and retention and
impact our ability to attract new students and clients.  If any of these problems occur, our  clients may,
following notice and our failure to cure, terminate their agreements with us,  or make indemnification
or other  claims against us. In addition, sustained or  recurring  disruptions in the SaaS  technology within
our  Platform could adversely affect our and our clients’ compliance with applicable regulations  and
accrediting body standards.

Our market may be limited based on the types of  nonprofit colleges and universities we target for  online
degree programs.

We  primarily market our Platform to  selective  nonprofit colleges and universities,  a market that is

necessarily limited. Some of the contracts we enter into  with our clients  contain limitations on our
ability to contract with other institutions  to  offer the  same degree program, and maintaining good

22

relations with our clients may mean that  we may be less likely to approach certain  institutions that they
regard as their direct competitors to offer  similar programs, even  if we are allowed to do so  under our
contracts. Moreover, because of the long-term  nature of our client  contracts,  and because of the
relationships of trust we strive to build  with our current clients, we generally will not be able or willing
to terminate our existing client relationships to pursue  a competitive program with another college or
university, even if it may prove to be  more profitable to us. Instead, we may  continue with  a program
that does not generate expected levels of revenue  to  us, or one from  which we  may not be able  to  fully
recover the program marketing and sales  expenses we  incur in attracting  students  to  enroll in the
program, if, for example, the client limits enrollment in  the program. As a result, the nature  of  our
contracts and our relationships with our clients could restrict  the  overall revenue potential  of  our
business.

We have  agreed to incur, and we may incur in the future, costs  to terminate the exclusivity obligations in some
of our client contracts.

Some  of  our  client  contracts,  particularly  our  earliest  contracts,  limit  our  ability  to  enable
competitive programs with other schools. We have determined that enabling  one  or more of these
contractually prohibited competitive  programs is desirable within our  business strategy.  As a result, we
have  agreed  with  certain  clients  to  incur  costs  to  eliminate  some  or  all  of  the  exclusivity  obligations  in
their contracts with us. We have also  agreed with one client to invest  up to agreed  upon levels in
marketing  to  achieve  specified  program  performance.

We  may  determine  in  the  future  that  enabling  additional  contractually  prohibited  competitive
programs is desirable, and we may therefore  agree  with additional  clients  to  incur  costs to reduce  or
eliminate the exclusivity obligations contained in their contracts with  us.

If  the  competitive  programs  we  ultimately  enable  fail  to  reach  scale  or  cannot  be  scaled  at  a
reasonable cost, or if we need to incur costs to prevent the  original client programs from suffering  as a
result  of  our  offering  competitive  programs,  our  ability  to  grow  our  business  and  achieve  profitability
would be impaired.

Our  clients  may  disagree  with  our  decision  to  offer  competitive  programs  pursuant  to  the  contracts  we  have
with them.

Our  contracts  with  our  clients  include  terms  addressing  the  parties’  respective  rights  to  offer

competitive programs. For example, some of our contracts permit  us to offer  competitive programs  with
other  schools  whose  potential  students  are  not  academically  qualified  or  otherwise  interested  in  the
program  we  offer  with  that  client.  Some  of  our  other  contracts  prohibit  us  from  offering  competitive
programs with specific schools. In addition, any  contract  limitations on our ability to offer  competitive
programs  are  inapplicable  if  our  client  either  refuses  to  scale  the  program  to  accommodate  all  students
qualifying  for  admission  into  the  program,  or  raises  the  program  admissions  standards  above  those
described in the contract at the time it  was executed. If  we elect to offer  competitive programs in
reliance  on  these  contractual  provisions,  our  clients  may  disagree  with  our  interpretation  of  those
provisions  or  with  our  interpretation  of  the  facts  surrounding  our  decision  to  offer  a  competitive
program. Any disagreement with our  clients over  our  decision  to  offer competitive programs could
result  in  claims  for  breach  of  contract  and  equitable  relief,  and  could  cause  damage  to  our  reputation
and  impair  our  ability  to  grow  our  business  and  achieve  profitability.

23

Attracting new clients for the launch of  new  programs  is complex and  time-consuming. If we  pursue
unsuccessful client opportunities, we may forego more profitable opportunities and our operating results and
growth would be harmed.

The process of identifying specific degree programs at the selective nonprofit colleges and
universities that we believe will be a  good  fit for our Platform,  and then negotiating contracts with
potential clients, is complex and time-consuming. Because  of the initial reluctance on the part of some
nonprofit colleges and universities to  embrace a new method  of  delivering  their education services and
the complicated approval process within  universities, our sales  process to attract  and engage  a new
client can be lengthy. Depending on  the particular college or university, we  may face resistance from
university administrators or faculty members during the process.

The sales cycle for a new degree program often spans one year  or  longer. In addition, our sales
cycle can vary substantially from program to program because  of  a number of factors, including the
client’s approval processes or disagreements over  the terms of  our offerings.  We spend substantial
effort and management resources on  our  new  program  sales  efforts without  any assurance that our
efforts will result in the launch of a new  program. If  we invest substantial resources pursuing
unsuccessful program opportunities, we  may forego  other  more profitable client  relationships, which
would harm our operating results and growth.

To launch a new program, we must incur significant expense  in technology  and content  development,  as  well
as program marketing and sales, to identify and attract prospective  students, and it may be several years, if
ever, before we generate revenue from a new  program  sufficient  to  recover our costs.

To launch a new program, we must integrate components of  our Platform with the  various student
information and other operating systems our  clients use  to  manage  functions  within their institutions. In
addition, our content development staff  must work  closely with that client’s faculty members  to  produce
engaging online coursework and content, and  we must commence  student acquisition activities. This
process of launching a new program  is  time-consuming and costly and, under our agreements with our
clients, we are primarily responsible  for the significant costs of this effort, even  before  we generate any
revenue. Additionally, during the life of our  client agreements, we are responsible for  the costs
associated with continued program marketing, maintaining  the SaaS technology within our Platform and
providing non-academic and other support for students enrolled in the program. We invest  significant
resources in these new programs from  the beginning of  our relationship with  a client, and there is no
guarantee that we will ever recoup these  costs.

Because our client agreements provide that we receive a fixed percentage of the  tuition  that  the

clients  receive from the students enrolled  in their programs,  we  only begin  to  recover these costs once
students are enrolled and begin paying tuition. The  time that  it takes for us to recover our  investment
in a new program depends on a variety of factors, primarily the level of our student acquisition costs
and the rate of growth in student enrollment in the program.  We estimate  that,  on average,  it takes
approximately four to five years after engagement with  a client  to  fully recover our investment in  that
client’s new program. Because of the lengthy period  required to recoup  our  investment in a program,
unexpected developments beyond our control could  occur that  result  in the  client ceasing or
significantly curtailing a program before  we  are able to fully recoup our investment. As a result,  we
may ultimately be unable to recover the  full  investment that  we  make in a new program  or achieve our
expected level of profitability for the  program.

If programs with new and existing clients  are not quickly and  efficiently  scaled up, our reputation and  our
revenue will suffer.

Our  continued  growth  and  profitability  depends  on  our  and  our  clients’  ability  to  successfully  scale
newly launched programs with our clients.  As we continue  aggressively  growing  our business, we plan to

24

continue to hire new employees at a  rapid pace, particularly in our  program marketing and sales  team
and our technology and content development teams. If we cannot adequately train  these new
employees, we may not be successful  in acquiring potential students for  our clients’ programs, which
would adversely impact our ability to generate revenue, and our  clients and the students in  their
programs could lose confidence in the  knowledge and capability  of our employees.  If we  cannot quickly
and efficiently scale our technology to  handle  growing student  enrollment  and new client programs, our
clients’ and their students’ experiences with our Platform may suffer, which could damage our
reputation among colleges and universities and their faculty and students.

In  addition,  if  our  clients  cannot  quickly  develop  the  infrastructure  and  hire  sufficient  faculty  and
administrators to handle growing student enrollments, our clients’  and their  students’  experiences  with
our  Platform  may  suffer,  which  could  damage  our  reputation  among  colleges  and  universities  and  their
faculty and students.

Our ability to effectively manage any  significant  growth of  new programs and increasing  student

enrollment will depend on a number of  factors,  including our  ability to:

(cid:127) satisfy existing students in, and attract  and enroll new students for,  our clients’ programs;

(cid:127) assist our clients in recruiting qualified faculty to support their expanding enrollments;

(cid:127) assist our clients in developing and  producing an increased  volume of course content;

(cid:127) successfully introduce new features and enhancements and maintain a high level  of functionality

in the SaaS technology within our Platform; and

(cid:127) deliver high quality support to our clients and their faculty  and students.

Establishing new client programs or expanding existing programs will require us to make
investments in management and key  staff, increase capital expenditures, incur additional marketing
expenses and reallocate other resources. If student enrollment in our  clients’ programs does  not
increase, if we are unable to launch new  programs in a cost-effective manner or if we are otherwise
unable to manage new client programs  effectively, our ability to grow our business and  achieve
profitability would be impaired, and the quality of our solutions  and the satisfaction of our clients and
their students could suffer.

Our financial performance depends heavily on student  retention  within  our  clients’ programs, and factors
influencing student retention may be out  of our control.

Once a student is enrolled in a clients’ program, we and our  clients must retain the student over

the life  of the degree program to generate ongoing revenue. Our strategy  involves  offering high quality
support to students enrolled in our clients’ programs to support their retention.  If we  do  not  help
students quickly resolve any educational, technological or  logistical issues they encounter, otherwise
provide effective ongoing support to  students or  deliver the type of high  quality, engaging educational
content that students expect, students  may  withdraw from  the program, which would  negatively impact
our  revenue.

In addition, student retention could be compromised  by  the following factors, many  of which are

largely outside of our control:

(cid:127) Reduced support from our clients. Because revenue from a particular program is directly

attributable to the level of student enrollment in the program, our ability to grow our revenue
from a client relationship depends on the client  continuing  to  offer its online program to
students, as well as the growth of enrollment  in that program. Although our contracts with
clients generally require that the client  expand enrollment in  their programs  to  include all
qualified applicants, our only recourse if  they choose not to do so is  termination of the

25

exclusivity limitations on developing programs with other colleges or universities that are
included in our agreements with our  clients. Despite  the agreements  we have in  place with  our
clients, our clients could limit enrollment in their programs, cease providing  the programs
altogether or significantly curtail or inhibit our ability to promote  their programs, any of which
would negatively impact our revenue.

(cid:127) Lack of support from client faculty members. It takes a significant time commitment and

dedication from our clients’ faculty members to work  with us  to  develop course content designed
for an online learning environment. Our clients’ faculty may be unfamiliar  with the development
and production process, may not understand the time commitment involved to develop the
course content, or may otherwise be resistant to changing the ways in which they present the
same content in an on-campus class. Our  ability to maintain high student retention will depend
in part on our ability to convince our clients’ faculty of the  value  in the time and  effort they  will
spend developing the course program. Lack of support from faculty could  cause  the quality of
our  clients’ programs to decline, which could  contribute  to decreased student satisfaction and
retention.

(cid:127) Student dissatisfaction. Enrolled students may drop out of our clients’ programs based on their

individual perceptions of the value they are  getting from  the program. For example, we may face
retention challenges as a result of students’  dissatisfaction with the quality of course content and
presentation, dissatisfaction with our clients’ faculty, changing  views  of the value of our clients’
programs and degrees offered and perceptions of employment prospects  following completion of
the program. Factors outside our control  related to student satisfaction with, and  overall
perception of, a program may contribute to decreased  student retention  rates for that program.

(cid:127) Personal factors. Factors impacting a student’s willingness  and ability to stay enrolled in  a

program include personal factors, such as ability to continue to pay tuition, ability to meet  the
rigorous demands of the program, and lack of time to continue  classes, all of which are generally
beyond our control.

Any of these factors could significantly reduce the revenue that  we  generate from  a client’s

program, which would negatively impact our return on investment for the particular program, and
could compromise our ability to grow  our  business  and achieve profitability.

We currently have, and for the foreseeable  future expect to continue to have, a small  number  of  clients, and
therefore we expect the loss, or material  underperformance,  of  any one client could hurt our future financial
performance.

We  are currently engaged by 11 colleges and universities to enable 15 existing programs that have
launched and in which students have enrolled. We have also announced  three new graduate programs
with two current university clients and  one new university client that  we  expect to launch later in 2015.
For the foreseeable future, we expect to launch a small number  of  new graduate degree programs per
year. As a result of this small number  of programs, the  material  underperformance  of  any one
program, including the failure to increase student enrollment in a program,  or any  decline  in the
ranking of one of our clients’ programs or other impairment of their reputation,  could  have a
disproportionate effect on our business.  Additionally,  because we rely on our own  reputation for
delivering high quality online programs and recommendations  from existing  clients to attract  potential
new clients, the loss of any single client program, or the  failure of any client to renew  its agreement
with us upon expiration, could impair  our  ability to pursue our  growth strategy and ultimately to
become  profitable.

26

A significant portion of our revenue is currently attributable to  programs with the University  of  Southern
California. The loss of, or a decline in  enrollment in, either of  these programs could  significantly reduce our
revenue.

Our two longest running programs, launched in 2009 and 2010,  are  with the  University  of  Southern

California, or USC. For the years ended  December  31, 2014 and 2013,  55% and  69%, respectively,  of
our  revenue was derived from these two  programs. We expect  that USC will continue to account  for a
large portion of our revenue until our  other  client programs become more mature and  achieve
significantly higher enrollment levels. Any decline in USC’s reputation, any increase  in USC’s tuition,
or any changes in USC’s policies could  adversely affect  the number of students that enroll in these  two
programs. Further, the faculty or administrators of these two  schools could become  resistant to offering
their online programs through our Platform, making  it more  difficult for us to attract and retain
students. These graduate schools are not required  to  expand student enrollment in  their  online
programs and, upon the expiration of  their contracts, they are  not required to continue  using us as the
provider of their online programs. If either of these programs were  to  materially  underperform for  any
reason or to terminate or not renew their  relationships with  us, it  would significantly  reduce our
revenue.

If our security measures are breached or  fail  and result in unauthorized  disclosure of data, we  could lose
clients, fail to attract new clients and be  exposed  to protracted and  costly litigation.

Maintaining security of the SaaS technology within our Platform is of critical importance  for our
clients  because it stores and transmits proprietary  and  confidential university and student  information,
which  may include sensitive personally  identifiable information that is  subject to stringent legal and
regulatory obligations. As a technology  company, we face  an increasing number of threats to the SaaS
technology within our Platform, including  unauthorized activity and  access, system  viruses,  worms,
malicious code and organized cyberattacks, any of which could  breach our security and disrupt our
solutions and our clients’ programs. If  our security measures are breached or  fail as  a result of third-
party action, employee error, malfeasance  or  otherwise, we could be subject to liability or our business
could be interrupted, potentially over an  extended period of time. Any or all of these issues  could  harm
our  reputation, adversely affect our ability to attract new clients and students,  cause  existing clients  to
scale back their programs or elect not to renew their agreements, cause prospective students not to
enroll or students to stay enrolled in  our  clients’ programs, or subject  us to third-party lawsuits,
regulatory fines or other action or liability. Further,  any  reputational  damage resulting from breach of
our  security measures could create distrust of our company by prospective  clients or  students.  In
addition, our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover losses associated with such events,  and
in any case, such insurance may not cover  all of  the types of costs,  expenses and losses  we could incur
to respond to and remediate a security breach. As a  result, we  may be required to expend significant
additional resources to protect against  the threat of these disruptions and security breaches or  to
alleviate  problems caused by such disruptions or  breaches.

We have  grown rapidly and expect to continue  to invest in our growth for  the foreseeable  future. If we fail to
manage this growth effectively, the success  of  our  business model will  be compromised.

We  have experienced rapid growth in  a relatively short  period of time, which has placed, and will

continue to place, a significant strain on our administrative  and  operational infrastructure,  facilities  and
other resources. Our ability to manage  our operations and growth will require us  to  continue to expand
our  program marketing and sales personnel,  technology team, finance  and administration teams, as well
as our facilities and infrastructure. We  will also be required  to  refine our operational, financial  and
management controls and reporting systems and procedures.  If we  fail to manage  this expansion of our
business efficiently, our costs and expenses may increase more  than  we  plan and  we may  not
successfully expand our client base, enhance our Platform, develop  new programs with  new and existing

27

clients, attract a sufficient number of qualified students  in a cost-effective manner, satisfy the
requirements of our existing clients, respond to competitive  challenges or otherwise execute our
business plan. Although our business  has experienced significant growth  in the past, we cannot provide
any assurance that our revenue will continue to grow at the same rate in the future.

Our ability to manage any significant  growth of our business effectively will depend on a number

of factors, including our ability to:

(cid:127) effectively recruit, integrate, train and  motivate  a large number of new employees,  including our

program marketing and technology teams, while retaining existing employees;

(cid:127) maintain the beneficial aspects of our  corporate culture and effectively execute  our  business

plan;

(cid:127) continue to improve our operational, financial and management  controls;

(cid:127) protect and further develop our strategic assets,  including our intellectual property rights; and

(cid:127) make sound business decisions in light  of  the scrutiny associated with operating as a public

company.

These activities will require significant capital expenditures  and allocation of valuable  management
and employee resources, and our growth  will continue  to  place significant demands on our  management
and our operational and financial infrastructure.

There are no guarantees that we will be able to effectively manage any future  growth in an

efficient, cost-effective or timely manner, or  at all. In particular, any  failure to implement systems
enhancements and improvements successfully will likely negatively  impact our ability to manage our
expected growth, ensure uninterrupted  operation of key business systems  and comply with the rules and
regulations that are applicable to public reporting companies. Moreover, if we  do not manage the
growth of our business and operations effectively,  the quality  of  our solutions could suffer,  which could
negatively affect our reputation, results of  operations and overall  business.

We face competition from established and other emerging  companies, which could divert clients to our
competitors, result in pricing pressure and  significantly reduce our revenue.

We  expect existing competitors and new entrants to the  online  learning market to revise and

improve their business models constantly in response to challenges  from competing businesses,
including ours. If these or other market  participants introduce new or improved  delivery of online
education and technology-enabled services that we cannot match  or exceed in a timely  or cost-effective
manner, our ability to grow our revenue  and achieve profitability could be compromised.

Our primary competitors include EmbanetCompass and Deltak, which  were acquired in  2012 by

Pearson and John Wiley & Sons, respectively, both of which are  large education and  publishing
companies. There are also several new  and existing  vendors providing some or all of the  services we
provide to other segments of the education market, and these vendors may pursue the institutions we
target. In addition, colleges and universities may choose to continue  using  or to develop their own
online learning solutions in-house, rather  than pay for our solutions.

Some of  our competitors and potential competitors have  significantly greater  resources  than we do.

Increased competition may result in pricing  pressure  for us in terms of the  percentage of tuition and
fees we are able to negotiate to receive from  a client.  The  competitive  landscape may also  result in
longer and more complex sales cycles  with a  prospective client  or  a decrease  in our market  share
among selective nonprofit colleges and universities seeking to offer online degree programs, any of
which  could negatively affect our revenue  and future operating results and  our ability  to  grow  our
business.

28

A number of competitive factors could cause  us to lose potential client  opportunities or force us to

offer our solutions on less favorable economic terms, including

(cid:127) competitors may develop service offerings that our potential  clients find to be more  compelling

than ours;

(cid:127) competitors may adopt more aggressive pricing  policies  and  offer more  attractive sales  terms,
adapt more quickly to new technologies and  changes in  client and  student  requirements, and
devote greater resources to the acquisition of qualified  students  than we  can; and

(cid:127) current and potential competitors may  establish cooperative relationships among themselves or

with third parties to enhance their products and  expand their markets,  and  our industry  is likely
to see an increasing number of new entrants  and increased consolidation. Accordingly, new
competitors or alliances among competitors may  emerge  and rapidly acquire significant market
share.

We  may not be able to compete successfully against current  and future competitors.  In addition,
competition may intensify as our competitors raise additional capital and  as established companies in
other market segments or geographic markets expand into our market segments or  geographic markets.
If we  cannot compete successfully against our competitors, our  ability to grow our business and  achieve
profitability could be impaired.

If for-profit postsecondary institutions,  which offer online education alternatives  different from ours, perform
poorly, it  could tarnish the reputation of  online education as a whole, which could impair our ability  to grow
our business.

For-profit postsecondary institutions,  many of which  provide course offerings predominantly online,

are under intense regulatory and other  scrutiny, which has led  to  media attention that has  sometimes
portrayed that sector in an unflattering  light. Some for-profit online school operators have been  subject
to governmental investigations alleging the  misuse of public funds,  financial irregularities, and  failure to
achieve positive outcomes for students, including the  inability to obtain employment in their fields.
These allegations have attracted significant adverse media  coverage  and have prompted legislative
hearings and regulatory responses. These  investigations have  focused on specific companies  and
individuals, and even entire industries in the case of  recruiting practices by for-profit higher  education
companies. Even though we do not market our solutions to these  institutions,  this negative  media
attention may nevertheless add to skepticism  about online higher education generally, including our
solutions.

The precise impact of these negative  public perceptions on  our current and future  business  is
difficult to discern. If these few situations, or any additional misconduct, cause all online learning
programs to be viewed by the public  or  policymakers unfavorably, we may find  it difficult  to  enter into
or renew contracts with selective colleges and universities  or attract additional students for our  clients’
programs. In addition, this perception  could serve as the impetus for more restrictive  legislation, which
could limit our future business opportunities.  Moreover, allegations  of abuse  of federal  financial aid
funds  and other statutory violations against  for-profit  higher education companies  could  negatively
impact our opportunity to succeed due  to  increased regulation  and decreased demand.  Any  of these
factors could  negatively impact our ability  to  increase our client  base  and  grow  our clients’ programs,
which  would make it difficult to continue  to grow our business.

If we do not retain our senior management  team and  key employees, we may not be able to sustain our
growth or achieve our business objectives.

Our future success is substantially dependent  on the  continued service  of our  senior  management

team. Because of our small number of clients  and  the significant  nature of each new client relationship,

29

our  senior management team is heavily involved in the client  identification and  sales process, and their
expertise is critical in navigating the complex approval  processes of large  nonprofit colleges and
universities. We do not maintain key-person insurance on  any of  our employees, including our senior
management team. The loss of the services of  any individual  on our senior management  team could
make it more difficult to successfully operate  our business and achieve our business goals.

Our future success also depends heavily  on the retention  of our  program marketing and sales,
technology and content development  and  support  teams to continue  to  attract and retain  qualified
students in our clients’ programs, thereby generating  revenue for us.  In particular, our highly-skilled
technology and content development  employees provide the technical expertise underlying our  bundled
technology-enabled services that support  our clients’ programs and  the students enrolled  in these
programs. Competition for these employees is  intense. As a result, we  may be unable to attract  or
retain these key personnel that are critical  to  our  success, resulting  in harm  to  our relationships with
clients, loss of expertise or know-how and  unanticipated recruitment and training costs.

If certain awards under our stock plans are  deemed to have  not expired  in accordance with their terms,  we
could be liable to certain award holders for  substantial amounts.

Each  of our 2008 Stock Incentive Plan  and 2014  Equity  Incentive Plan  provide that vested stock

option awards issued under those plans  expire upon the occurrence of certain events.  For example,
each  plan provides, among other things, that stock options expire and are  no longer exercisable upon
the earlier to occur of 90 days after a  separation of  service,  or,  depending  on the  specific circumstances
of the grantee, 5 or 10 years after the grant  date. Award recipients under these plans have failed  and
may fail in the future to exercise their stock options within  the prescribed time frame or may  otherwise
fail to comply with terms and conditions of the plans  or the corresponding award agreements resulting
in the expiration of those option awards. Award recipients with expired option awards have disagreed
and may disagree in the future with our  or our Compensation Committee’s interpretation  of the
provisions in the plans or the award  agreements. Any disagreement between us and holders of expired
option awards regarding the expiration  of those awards under the terms of the plan  or award
agreements could result in claims for breach of contract and other  claims that could subject us to costly
litigation that could require management  time and involvement,  regardless of whether such  claims have
merit.

We may  need additional capital in the future to pursue  our business  objectives.  Additional  capital may  not be
available on favorable terms, or at all, which  could compromise our ability to grow our business.

We  believe that our existing cash balances, in addition to the proceeds we  received  from our  initial
public offering and the available borrowing  capacity under our  revolving line of credit, will  be  sufficient
to meet our minimum anticipated cash  requirements for at least the next  twelve  months. We may,
however, need to raise additional funds  to  respond to business challenges  or opportunities, accelerate
our  growth, develop new programs or enhance  our Platform.  If we seek to raise  additional capital,  it
may not be available on favorable terms or may not be available at all. In addition, if  we have
borrowings outstanding under our credit  facility,  we may  be  restricted from using the  net proceeds  of
financing transactions for our operating objectives. Lack  of  sufficient capital  resources  could
significantly limit our ability to manage our business and  to take advantage  of business and  strategic
opportunities. Any additional capital raised through the  sale of equity or debt securities  with an equity
component would dilute our stock ownership. If adequate  additional  funds  are not available if  and
when needed, we may be required to  delay, reduce the scope of, or  eliminate  material  parts of  our
business strategy.

30

Our employees located outside of the United States and the international residents applying to and  enrolling in
our clients’ programs expose us to international risks.

Operating in international markets requires significant resources and  management attention  and

subjects us to regulatory, economic and political risks  that are  different from those in the United
States. We have a branch office in Hong Kong for program marketing and student support. Because we
have employees in Hong Kong, we are subject to Hong Kong’s compensation and benefits regulations,
which  differ from compensation and benefits regulations  in the United States. Further,  acquiring
international applicants and enrollments  for our clients requires us to comply  with international data
privacy regulations of the countries from  which our  clients’  programs draw applicants and enrollments.
Failure to comply with international regulations or to adequately  adapt  to international  markets  could
harm our ability to successfully operate our business and  pursue our business goals.

Future programs with colleges and universities outside the  United States could expose us to risks inherent in
international operations.

One  element of our growth strategy  is to expand  our  international operations and establish a
worldwide client base. We cannot assure  you  that our expansion  efforts into international markets will
be successful. Our experience with attracting clients in the United States  may not be relevant  to  our
ability to attract clients in other emerging  markets. In addition, we would face  risks  in doing business
internationally that could constrain our operations and compromise our growth prospects, including:

(cid:127) the need to localize and adapt online degree programs  for  specific countries,  including

translation into foreign languages and ensuring that these programs enable our clients to comply
with local education laws and regulations;

(cid:127) data privacy laws that may require  data to be handled  in a  specific manner;

(cid:127) difficulties in staffing and managing foreign  operations,  including employment laws and

regulations; different pricing environments,  longer sales cycles, longer accounts receivable
payment cycles and collections issues;

(cid:127) new and different sources of competition, and practices  which may favor local competitors;

(cid:127) weaker protection for intellectual property and other  legal rights than in the United  States and
practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other  rights  outside of the  United
States;

(cid:127) compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and  changing

governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, privacy  and data protection, and
anti-bribery laws and regulations such  as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

(cid:127) increased financial accounting and reporting burdens  and complexities;

(cid:127) restrictions on the transfer of funds;

(cid:127) adverse tax consequences, including the potential for required  withholding taxes for our overseas

employees; and

(cid:127) unstable regional and economic political conditions.

Future agreements with international  clients may  provide for  payments to us to be denominated in

local currencies. In such case, fluctuations  in the value of the  U.S. dollar  and foreign  currencies could
impact our operating results when translated into U.S.  dollars, and we  may not be able  to  engage in
currency hedging activities to effectively  limit the  risk of  exchange rate fluctuations.

31

We might not be able to utilize a portion  of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could adversely affect
our profitability.

As of December 31, 2014, we had federal net operating loss  carryforwards  due  to  prior period

losses, which, if not utilized, will begin  to  expire in 2029.  Our gross state  net  operating loss
carryforwards  are  equal  to  or  less  than  the  federal  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  and  expire  over
various periods based on individual state tax  laws. These  net operating loss carryforwards could expire
unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which  could  adversely affect  our
profitability. In addition, under Section 382 of the  Internal Revenue  Code  of 1986, as  amended, if a
corporation undergoes an ‘‘ownership  change,’’  which is generally  defined as a greater than 50%
change, by value, in its equity ownership  over a three-year  period,  the  corporation’s ability to use its
pre-change net operating loss carryforwards  and  other  pre-change tax attributes  to  offset its
post-change income may be limited. Similar  rules may apply under state tax  laws.  We  have completed
an analysis of the stock ownership changes through April 30, 2014,  and  determined  that  there has not
been an  ownership change prior to that date. However, we have not completed an analysis to
determine what, if any, impact any ownership change after  April  30, 2014,  has had  on our ability to
utilize our net operating loss carryforwards.  In addition, we may experience ownership changes  in the
future as a result of subsequent shifts in our  stock ownership. If we determine that an ownership
change has occurred and our ability to use our historical net operating loss  carryforwards is  materially
limited, it would harm our future operating  results by increasing our future  tax obligations.

We engage some individuals classified as  independent contractors, not  employees, and if federal or state law
mandates that they be classified as employees, our  business would be adversely impacted.

We  engage independent contractors and  are subject to the  Internal Revenue Service  regulations
and applicable state law guidelines regarding independent contractor classification. These regulations
and guidelines are subject to judicial and agency  interpretation, and  it could  be  determined that the
independent contractor classification  is  inapplicable.  Further, if  legal standards  for classification  of
independent contractors change, it may be necessary to modify our  compensation  structure for these
personnel, including by paying additional compensation or reimbursing expenses.  In addition, if our
independent contractors are determined to have been misclassified as  independent  contractors, we
would incur additional exposure under federal and state law, workers’ compensation, unemployment
benefits, labor, employment and tort laws, including  for  prior periods, as  well as potential liability for
employee benefits and tax withholdings.  Any of these outcomes could result in substantial costs  to  us,
could significantly impair our financial condition and our  ability  to  conduct our business as  we choose,
and could damage our reputation and  our ability to attract and retain other  personnel.

Risks Related to Regulation of Our Business  and That of Our Clients

Our business model relies on client institutions  complying with federal and  state  laws and regulations.

Higher education is heavily regulated.  All of our clients  participate in  Title IV federal student
financial assistance programs under the  Higher Education  Act of 1965, as amended,  or HEA,  and are
subject to extensive regulation by the U.S.  Department  of  Education, or DOE, as  well as various  state
agencies, licensing boards and accrediting commissions. To  participate in  the Title  IV programs, an
institution must receive and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education  agencies, be
accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE, and  be  certified  by  the DOE as an
eligible institution. If any of our clients were to be found  to be in non-compliance  with any of these
laws, regulations, standards or policies, the client  could  lose  some or all  access to Title  IV program
funds,  lose the ability to offer certain programs or lose  their ability to operate  in certain states, any  of
which  could cause our revenue from  that client’s  program  to  decline.

32

The regulations, standards and policies of our  clients’ regulators change frequently  and are often

subject to interpretation. Changes in, or  new  interpretations of, applicable laws, regulations or
standards could compromise our clients’  accreditation, authorization to operate in various states,
permissible activities or use of federal funds under Title IV  programs.  We cannot predict  with certainty
how the requirements applied by our clients’  regulators will be interpreted,  or whether our clients  will
be able to comply with these requirements  in the future.

Our activities are subject to federal and  state laws and regulations and  other requirements.

Although we are not an institution of  higher education, we are required to comply with certain

education laws and regulations as a result of our role as a service  provider  to  higher education
institutions, either directly or indirectly through our  contractual arrangements  with clients. Failure to
comply  with these laws and regulations  could  result in  breach  of contract  and indemnification  claims
and could cause damage to our reputation and impair our ability to grow our business and achieve
profitability.

Activities of the U.S. Congress could result in adverse legislation or regulatory  action.

The process of re-authorization of the  HEA  began  in 2014 and is  ongoing. Congressional hearings

were held in 2013 and 2014 and will  continue  to  be  scheduled by  the U.S. Senate Committee on
Health, Education, Labor and Pensions,  the U.S.  House of Representatives Committee on  Education
and the Workforce and other Congressional committees  regarding various aspects of the education
industry, including accreditation matters,  student  debt, student recruiting, cost of tuition, distance
learning, competency-based learning,  student success and outcomes  and other matters. In addition,
President Obama has proposed a college rating initiative that would  publish school ratings  based upon
measures of access, affordability and outcomes on the College Scorecard and compare peer institutions.

The increased scrutiny and results-based  accountability initiatives in the  education  sector, as  well as

ongoing policy differences in Congress regarding  spending levels, could lead to significant changes in
connection with the reauthorization of  the HEA or  otherwise. These  changes may  place additional
regulatory burdens on postsecondary  schools generally, and  specific initiatives may  be  targeted  at or
have an impact upon companies like us  that serve higher education. The adoption  of  any laws or
regulations that limit our ability to provide our bundled services to our clients could compromise our
ability to drive revenue through their programs or make  our solutions  less attractive  to  them. Congress
could also enact laws or regulations that  require us to modify our  practices in ways that could increase
our  costs.

In addition, regulatory activities and initiatives of the DOE  may have similar  consequences for our

business even in the absence of Congressional  action. The DOE is conducting an ongoing series  of
rulemakings intended to assure the integrity of the Title IV programs. No  assurances can be given as to
how any new rules may affect our business.

Our business model, which depends on  our  ability to receive a  share of tuition revenue as payment from our
clients, has been validated by a DOE ‘‘dear colleague’’  letter, but such validation is not codified by  statute or
regulation and may be subject to change.

Each  institution that participates in Title  IV programs agrees  it will  not  ‘‘provide any  commission,

bonus,  or other incentive payment based in any part, directly or indirectly, upon  success in  securing
enrollments or the award of financial aid, to any person or entity  who is engaged  in any  student
recruitment or admission activity, or in  making decisions regarding the award of title IV, HEA program
funds.’’ All of our clients participate  in Title IV Programs.

Although this rule, referred to as the  incentive  compensation  rule, generally prohibits entities  or

individuals from receiving incentive-based  compensation payments  for the  successful recruitment,

33

admission or enrollment of students, the DOE  provided guidance  in 2011 permitting  tuition  revenue-
sharing arrangements known as the ‘‘bundled services  rule.’’ Our  current business model relies heavily
on the bundled services rule to enter into  tuition  revenue-sharing agreements with client colleges and
universities.

Because the bundled services rule was promulgated  in the form of agency  guidance issued by the

DOE in the form of a ‘‘dear colleague’’  letter,  or DCL, and is not codified by statute or regulation,
there is risk that the rule could be altered or  removed without prior notice,  public  comment period or
other administrative procedural requirements that  accompany formal agency rulemaking. Although  the
DCL represents the current policy of the  DOE, the bundled  services  rule  could  be  reviewed, altered or
vacated in the future. In addition, the  legal weight the DCL  would carry in litigation over the propriety
of any specific compensation arrangements under  the HEA  or the incentive compensation rule is
uncertain. We can offer no assurances  as to how the  DCL would be interpreted by a court. The
revision, removal or invalidation of the bundled services rule by Congress, the  DOE or  a court, whether
in an action involving our company or  our clients, or in action  that does  not involve us,  could  require
us to change our business model and renegotiate the terms of our  client contracts and could
compromise our ability to generate revenue.

If we or our subcontractors or agents violate the incentive compensation rule, we could be liable to our clients
for  substantial fines, sanctions or other liabilities.

Even though the DCL clarifies that tuition  revenue-sharing arrangements  with our clients  are
permissible, we are still subject to other  provisions  of the incentive  compensation rule that prohibit us
from offering to our employees who are involved with or  responsible for recruiting or admissions
activities any bonus or incentive-based compensation based on the  successful identification, admission
or enrollment of students into any institution. If we  or our subcontractors or  agents violate  the
incentive compensation rule, we could be liable to our  clients  for substantial fines, sanctions or other
liabilities, including liabilities related  to  ‘‘whistleblower’’ claims under the federal False Claims Act.  Any
such claims, even if without merit, could require us  to  incur significant costs to defend the claim,
distract management’s attention and  damage our reputation.

If we or our subcontractors or agents violate the misrepresentation  rule, or similar federal and state regulatory
requirements, we could face fines, sanctions  and other liabilities.

We  are required to comply with other regulations promulgated by  the DOE that affect our student
acquisition activities, including the misrepresentation  rule. The misrepresentation rule is broad in  scope
and applies to statements our employees,  subcontractors or  agents may make  about the  nature of a
client’s program, a client’s financial charges or the  employability of a client’s  program graduates. A
violation of this rule or other federal  or  state  regulations applicable to our marketing activities by an
employee, subcontractor or agent performing services for clients could hurt our reputation, result in  the
termination of client contracts, require  us  to  pay  fines or  other monetary penalties or require us  to  pay
the costs associated with indemnifying a client from  private  claims or government investigations.

If our clients fail to maintain their state  authorizations, or we or our  clients  violate other state laws and
regulations, students in their programs could be adversely affected and we could lose  our ability to  operate in
that state and provide services to our clients.

Our clients must be authorized in certain states to offer online programs, engage in  recruiting and
operate externships, internships, clinical training or other forms of field  experience,  depending  on state
law. The loss of or failure to obtain state  authorization  would, among other things, limit a client’s
ability to enroll students in that state, render  the client and its students ineligible to participate in
Title IV programs in that state, diminish  the attractiveness of the client’s program and ultimately
compromise our ability to generate revenue and become  profitable.

34

In addition, if we or any of our clients fail to comply with any state  agency’s  rules, regulations or

standards beyond authorizations, the  state agency could limit the  ability  of the client  to  offer programs
in that state or limit our ability to perform our contractual obligations to our  client in  that  state.

If our clients fail to maintain institutional  or  programmatic accreditation for their programs, our revenue
could be materially affected.

The loss or suspension of a client’s accreditation or other adverse  action by the client’s
institutional or programmatic accreditor would  render  the institution or its  program ineligible  to
participate in Title IV programs, could prevent the  client from  offering certain educational programs
and could make it impossible for the graduates of  the client’s  program to practice the profession  for
which  they trained. If any of these results  occurs, it  could hurt our  ability to generate  revenue from
that program.

Our future growth could be impaired if  our clients fail to obtain timely approval from applicable regulatory
agencies to offer new programs, make substantive changes to  existing programs  or expand  their programs  into
or within certain states.

Our clients are required to obtain the  appropriate approvals from the DOE  and applicable state

and accrediting regulatory agencies for new  programs or  locations, which may be conditioned, delayed
or denied in a manner that could impair our strategic  plans and future growth. Education  regulatory
agencies are generally experiencing significant increases  in the volume of  requests for approvals  as a
result of new distance learning programs and adjustments to the  significant volume of new  regulations
over the last several years. Regulatory capacity  constraints have  resulted in  delays to various  approvals
our  client institutions are requesting, and such  delays could in  turn  delay the  timing of our ability to
generate revenue from our clients’ programs.

If more state agencies require specialized approval  of our  clients’ programs, our operating costs could rise
significantly, approval times could lag or we could be  prohibited from  operating in certain states.

In addition to state licensing agencies, our clients may be required  to  obtain  approval from
professional licensing boards in certain states to offer specialized programs in  specific fields of study.
Currently, relatively few states require institutions  to  obtain  professional board approval  for their
professional programs when offered online. However, more states could pass laws requiring
professional programs offered by our clients, such as  graduate  programs in teaching or  nursing, to
obtain approval from state professional  boards. If  a significant  number of states pass additional laws
requiring schools to obtain professional  board approval, the  cost of obtaining all necessary state
approvals could dramatically increase, which  could make  our solutions  less attractive  to  clients, and our
clients  could be barred from operating in  some states  entirely.

If the personally identifiable information we collect from students is unlawfully acquired, accessed or obtained,
we could be required to pay substantial  fines  and bear the cost  of investigating  the data breach and providing
notice to individuals whose personally identifiable information was unlawfully accessed.

In providing services to our clients, we collect personally identifiable information from students
and prospective students, such as names, social security numbers and birth  dates. In the event  that  the
personally identifiable information is  unlawfully accessed or acquired, the majority  of states  have laws
that require institutions to investigate and immediately disclose  the  data breach  to  students,  usually in
writing. Under the terms of our contracts  with our clients, we  would be responsible for  the costs  of
investigating and disclosing these data  breaches to the clients’ students.  In addition to costs associated
with investigating and fully disclosing a  data breach in such  instances,  we could be subject to substantial
monetary fines or private claims by affected parties and our reputation would likely be harmed.

35

We are required to comply with The Family  Educational Rights and Privacy Act, or  FERPA, and failure to do
so could harm our reputation and negatively  affect our business.

FERPA generally prohibits an institution of higher education from disclosing  personally identifiable

information from a student’s education records without the student’s consent. Our clients  and their
students disclose to us certain information that originates from or comprises a student education record
under FERPA. As an entity that provides services to institutions, we are  indirectly subject to FERPA,
and we may not transfer or otherwise disclose any personally  identifiable information from a  student
record to another party other than in a manner permitted under the statute. If we violate  FERPA, it
could result in a material breach of contract with one  or more of our clients and  could  harm our
reputation. Further, in the event that  we  disclose student information in  violation of FERPA, the DOE
could require a client to suspend our  access to their student  information  for at least five years.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

We operate in an industry with extensive intellectual  property  litigation. Claims of infringement against us
may hurt our business.

Our success depends, in part, upon our  ability to avoid infringing intellectual property  rights owned

by others and being able to resolve claims of  intellectual property infringement without  major financial
expenditures or adverse consequences. The technology and software fields generally are  characterized
by extensive intellectual property litigation  and many companies that own,  or claim to own, intellectual
property have aggressively asserted their rights. From  time to time, we may be subject to legal
proceedings and claims relating to the  intellectual property rights of others, and we expect that third
parties will assert intellectual property claims  against us, particularly as we expand the complexity  and
scope of our business. In addition, our client agreements require  us to indemnify  our  clients against
claims that our solutions infringe the intellectual property rights of third  parties.

Future litigation may be necessary to defend  ourselves or  our clients from intellectual property

infringement claims or to establish our proprietary  rights. Some of our  competitors  have substantially
greater resources than we do and would be able to sustain  the costs of complex intellectual property
litigation to a greater degree and for longer  periods of time than we could.  In addition, patent holding
companies that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by enforcing  patent  rights may target
us. Regardless of whether claims that  we  are infringing patents or other intellectual property rights
have any merit, these claims are time-consuming and costly  to  evaluate and defend and  could:

(cid:127) hurt our reputation;

(cid:127) adversely affect  our relationships with  our current or future  clients;

(cid:127) cause delays or stoppages in providing our solutions;

(cid:127) divert management’s attention and  resources;

(cid:127) require technology changes to our  software that could cause us to incur substantial cost;

(cid:127) subject us to significant liabilities; and

(cid:127) require us to cease some or all of  our activities.

In addition to liability for monetary damages against  us, which may include attorneys’ fees, treble
damages in the event of a finding of  willful  infringement, or,  in some circumstances, damages  against
our  clients, we may be prohibited from  developing,  commercializing or continuing to provide some or
all of our bundled technology-enabled solutions  unless we  obtain licenses  from, and  pay royalties to,
the holders of the patents or other intellectual property rights,  which may  not  be  available  on
commercially favorable terms, or at all.

36

We may  incur liability for the unauthorized  duplication, distribution or  other use of materials posted online.

In some instances, university personnel  or students,  or our employees  or  independent contractors,
may post to Online Campus various articles or other third-party content  for use in class discussions or
within asynchronous lessons. The laws governing the  fair use  of  these third-party materials are
imprecise and adjudicated on a case-by-case basis, which makes it challenging to adopt and implement
appropriately balanced institutional policies governing these  practices. As  a result, we could incur
liability to third parties for the unauthorized  duplication, distribution  or other use of this material. Any
such claims could subject us to costly litigation  and  impose  a  significant  strain on  our financial
resources and management personnel regardless of whether  the  claims have merit. Our various liability
insurance coverages may not cover potential claims  of this  type  adequately or at  all,  and we may be
required to alter or cease our uses of  such material,  which may  include changing or  removing content
from courses or altering the functionality  of  Online  Campus, or to pay monetary damages.

Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could  diminish the value of our solutions, weaken our
competitive position and reduce our revenue.

We  regard the protection of our intellectual  property,  which includes  trade secrets, copyrights,

trademarks, domain names and patent applications, as  critical to our  success. We protect our
proprietary information from unauthorized use  and  disclosure by  entering into confidentiality
agreements with any party who may come  in  contact  with such information.  We also  seek to ensure
that we own intellectual property created for  us  by  signing agreements with employees, independent
contractors, consultants, companies and  any  other third party who  may  create  intellectual property for
us that assign their copyright and patent  rights to us.  However,  these arrangements and the other steps
we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent  the misappropriation of our
proprietary information or deter independent development  of similar technologies by others.

We  have also begun seeking patent protection for our processes,  including two patent applications

pending in the United States. These  pending applications  are directed  to  computer-implemented
processes that facilitate asynchronous  student responses to teacher questions. We cannot  predict
whether these pending patent applications will  result in issued patents that  will  effectively protect our
intellectual property. Even if a patent  issues, the patent may  be  circumvented  or its validity may be
challenged in proceedings before the U.S.  Patent and Trademark Office. In addition, we cannot assure
you that  every significant feature of our  products and services will be protected by any  patent  or patent
application.

We  also pursue the registration of our  domain names, trademarks and service marks in  the United

States and in jurisdictions outside the United  States. However, third  parties may knowingly or
unknowingly infringe on our trademark  or service mark rights, third  parties may challenge  our
trademark or service mark rights, and pending or future trademark or service  mark  applications may
not be approved. In addition, effective trademark protection may not be available in  every  country  in
which  we operate or intend to operate.  In  any or all cases,  we may be required to expend  significant
time and expense to prevent infringement  or enforce our rights.

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Our efforts to
protect our proprietary rights may not  be  adequate to prevent  misappropriation of our intellectual
property. Further, we may not be able  to  detect  unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to
enforce, our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may also  independently  develop  similar
technology. In addition, the laws of many  countries may not protect  our proprietary rights to as great
an extent as do the laws of the United  States. Further, the laws in  the United  States  and elsewhere
change rapidly, and any future changes  could  adversely affect  us and  our intellectual property rights.
Our failure to meaningfully protect our intellectual  property  could result  in competitors  offering
services that incorporate our most technologically advanced  features, which  could  seriously  reduce

37

demand for our solutions. In addition, we  may in  the future  need to initiate litigation such  as
infringement or administrative proceedings, to protect our intellectual  property rights.  Litigation,
whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time-consuming and may divert the  efforts
of our technical staff and managerial personnel,  whether or not such  litigation results in a
determination that is unfavorable to us. In  addition, litigation  is inherently uncertain, and  thus we  may
not be able to stop our competitors from  infringing upon our  intellectual  property rights.

Our use of ‘‘open source’’ software could  negatively affect our ability to offer our solutions and subject us to
possible litigation.

A substantial portion of our cloud-based SaaS technology  within our Platform incorporates

so-called ‘‘open source’’ software, and  we may incorporate  additional open source  software in the
future. Open source software is generally freely  accessible, usable and modifiable.  Certain open  source
licenses may, in certain circumstances,  require us to offer our solutions that  incorporate the  open
source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications  or derivative  works
we create based upon, incorporating  or using the open source  software and that we  license such
modifications or derivative works under the terms of  the particular open  source  license. If  an author or
other third party that distributes open source software  we use were  to  allege that we  had not complied
with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we  could be required to incur significant legal
expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, including  being
enjoined from the offering of our solutions  that contained the open source software and being required
to comply with the foregoing conditions,  which could disrupt our ability to offer the affected solutions.
We  could also be subject to suits by parties  claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source
software. Litigation could be costly for  us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and
financial condition and require us to  devote additional  research and development resources to change
our  products.

Individuals that appear in content hosted  on  Online Campus may claim  violation  of  their rights.

Faculty and students that appear in video segments hosted  on Online Campus  may claim that

proper assignments, licenses, consents and releases were not obtained for use  of  their  likenesses,
images or other contributed content. Our  clients are  contractually required to ensure that proper
assignments, licenses, consents and releases  are obtained for their course material, but  we cannot know
with certainty that they have obtained  all  necessary  rights. Moreover,  the laws governing rights of
publicity and privacy, and the laws governing faculty ownership of course content, are  imprecise and
adjudicated on a case-by-case basis, such  that the enforcement of agreements  to  transfer  the necessary
rights is unclear. As a result, we could incur liability to third parties for the unauthorized duplication,
display,  distribution or other use of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation
and impose a significant strain on our  financial resources and management personnel regardless of
whether the claims have merit. Our various liability insurance coverages may not cover potential claims
of this type adequately or at all, and  we may be required to alter or cease our  use of such material,
which  may include changing or removing  content from courses, or  to  pay  monetary  damages. Moreover,
claims by faculty and students could  damage our reputation, regardless of whether such  claims have
merit.

38

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock  and Our  Status as  a Public Company

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may do so  in  the future,  which  could cause
our stock price to decline.

Our quarterly operating results have  historically  fluctuated due  to  seasonality and changes in our

business, and our future operating results may vary significantly  from  quarter  to  quarter  due  to  a
variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. You should not  rely  on period-to-period
comparisons of our operating results  as an  indication of our  future performance. Factors that may
cause  fluctuations in our quarterly operating results include, but are not limited to, the  following:

(cid:127) the timing of our costs incurred in  connection  with the launch  of  new programs and the delay in

receiving revenue from these new programs, which  delay may last for several years;

(cid:127) seasonal variation driven by the semester schedules for our clients’  programs, which may vary

from year to year;

(cid:127) changes in the student enrollment  and retention levels in our clients’  programs  from one term to

the next;

(cid:127) changes in our key metrics or the  methods used to calculate our  key  metrics;

(cid:127) changes in our clients’ tuition rates;

(cid:127) the timing and amount of our program marketing and sales  expenses;

(cid:127) costs necessary to improve and maintain the  SaaS technology within our  Platform; and

(cid:127) changes in the prospects of the economy generally, which could alter  current or  prospective
clients’ or students’ spending priorities,  or could increase  the time it takes us to launch new
client programs.

Our operating results may fall below the expectations  of market analysts and investors  in some

future periods, which could cause the market price of our common stock  to  decline  substantially.

The trading price of the shares of our common stock may  be volatile, and purchasers of our common stock
could incur substantial losses.

Our stock price may be volatile. The  stock market in  general and the  market for technology
companies in particular have experienced  extreme volatility that has  often  been unrelated to the
operating performance of particular companies.  As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able
to sell their common stock at or above the  price paid for the shares. The market price  for our common
stock may be influenced by many factors,  including:

(cid:127) actual or anticipated variations in our  operating results;

(cid:127) changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities  analysts  who might cover our stock;

(cid:127) conditions or trends in our industry;

(cid:127) stock market price and volume fluctuations of comparable companies and, in  particular, those

that operate in the software and information  technology industries;

(cid:127) announcements  by us or our competitors  of new product or service  offerings,  significant

acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;

(cid:127) announcements  of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits  filed against

us;

(cid:127) capital commitments;

39

(cid:127) investors’ general perception of our  company and our  business;

(cid:127) recruitment or departure of key personnel; and

(cid:127) sales of our common stock, including  sales  by our directors and  officers or  specific stockholders.

In addition, in the past, stockholders have  initiated  class action  lawsuits against technology

companies following periods of volatility  in the  market  prices of these companies’  stock.  Such  litigation,
if instituted against us, could cause us to incur  substantial costs and divert management’s attention and
resources from our business.

A significant portion of our total outstanding  shares  may  be  sold into the market in the  near  future. This
could cause the market price of our common stock to  drop  significantly,  even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares  of our common stock in the  public  market could occur at

any time. If our stockholders sell, or  the market perceives that  our stockholders intend  to  sell,
substantial amounts of our common stock  in the  public  market, the market price of our common stock
could decline significantly.

The holders of a significant portion of shares of our  common stock, or  their transferees, have

rights, subject to some conditions, to  require us to file one or more registration statements covering
their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves  or other
stockholders. If we were to register the  resale of these shares, they  could be freely sold in  the public
market. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in  the public
market, the trading price of our common stock  could  decline.

If equity research analysts do not continue  to  publish  research or  reports, or publish unfavorable research or
reports, about us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume  could decline.

The trading market for our common  stock will  be  influenced by the research and reports that
equity research analysts publish about  us and our business. As a newly public  company, we  have only
limited research coverage by equity research analysts. Equity research analysts  may elect not to initiate
or to continue to provide research coverage of our common  stock,  and such lack of research coverage
may adversely affect the market price of  our  common  stock. Even if we do have equity  research  analyst
coverage, we will not have any control  over the analysts  or  the content and opinions included  in their
reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity  research analysts downgrade our
stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or  research.  If one or more equity research analysts
ceases coverage of our company or fails  to publish reports on us  regularly, demand for our stock could
decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate attempts by
our stockholders to change our management and hinder efforts to  acquire  a controlling interest  in us, and the
market price of our common stock may be  lower  as a result.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended  and restated
bylaws may make it difficult for a third party to acquire, or  attempt to acquire,  control of our company,
even if a change in control is considered favorable  by  you  and other  stockholders. For example, our
board of directors has the authority to  issue up to 5,000,000  shares  of  preferred stock. The board of
directors can fix the price, rights, preferences,  privileges,  and restrictions of the preferred  stock without
any further vote or action by our stockholders. An issuance of shares of preferred  stock may result  in
the loss of voting control to other stockholders, which could  delay or prevent  a change in control
transaction. As a result, the market price  of our common stock and the  voting and other rights of  our
stockholders may be adversely affected.

40

Our charter documents also contain other provisions that  could  have an anti-takeover effect,

including:

(cid:127) only  one of our three classes of directors  will be elected  each year;

(cid:127) stockholders are not entitled to remove directors  other than  by a 662⁄3% vote and only for cause;

(cid:127) stockholders are not permitted to take actions by  written  consent;

(cid:127) stockholders are not permitted to call  a special meeting of stockholders; and

(cid:127) stockholders are required to give us advance  notice of their intention  to  nominate directors or

submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings.

In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General

Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions by prohibiting Delaware corporations  from
engaging in specified business combinations with particular stockholders of those companies.  These
provisions could discourage potential  acquisition  proposals and  could delay or  prevent a change in
control transaction. They could also have the effect of  discouraging others  from making tender offers
for our  common stock, including transactions that may be in your best interests.  These provisions may
also prevent changes in our management or limit the price that  investors are willing to pay for our
stock.

Concentration of ownership of our common  stock among our  existing executive officers, directors and
principal stockholders may prevent new investors from  influencing significant corporate decisions.

Our executive officers, directors and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common
stock and their respective affiliates, in  the aggregate, beneficially own a substantial percentage of our
outstanding common stock. These persons,  acting together,  are  able to significantly influence all
matters requiring stockholder approval,  including the  election and removal of directors, any merger,
consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of  our  assets, or other  significant corporate transactions.
The interests of this group of stockholders may not coincide with  our interests  or the interests of other
stockholders.

We are an ‘‘emerging growth company’’  and as a  result of the reduced  disclosure and  governance requirements
applicable to emerging growth companies,  our common stock  may  be less attractive to investors.

We  are an ‘‘emerging growth company’’ as  defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups  Act of

2012, or JOBS Act, and we intend to take  advantage of some  of  the exemptions from  reporting
requirements that are applicable to other public  companies that are not emerging growth  companies,
including not being required to comply  with the auditor attestation  requirements of Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley  Act, reduced disclosure obligations  regarding executive
compensation in our periodic reports  and proxy  statements, and exemptions  from the requirements of
holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive  compensation and stockholder  approval of any golden
parachute payments not previously approved. We  cannot predict if investors will find our common stock
less  attractive because we will rely on  these exemptions.  If some  investors find our  common stock less
attractive as a result, there may be a  less  active trading market for our  common stock and our stock
price may be more volatile. We may take  advantage of these reporting exemptions  until we  are no
longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an  emerging growth  company until the  earlier of
(1) the last day of  the fiscal year (a)  following  the fifth anniversary of the  completion  of  our  initial
public offering, (b) in which we have  total annual gross  revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or  (c)  in which
we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the  market  value of  our common  stock that
is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700  million  as of the prior  June 30th,  and (2) the date on  which we
have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior  three-year period.

41

Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies  can  delay adopting new  or
revised accounting standards until such  time as those standards apply to private companies. We  have
irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves  of  this  exemption  from  new or revised accounting standards
and, therefore, we will be subject to the  same new or revised  accounting standards as  other public
companies that are not emerging growth companies.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls,  our  ability  to  produce accurate financial
statements on a timely basis could be impaired.

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act  and  the rules and regulations  of the  NASDAQ Global Select Market. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act
requires, among other things, that we maintain effective  disclosure controls and procedures and internal
control  over financial reporting. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, we must
perform system and process evaluation  and  testing of  our internal control over financial reporting to allow
management to report on the effectiveness  of  our internal  control over  financial reporting in our
Form 10-K  filing for that year, as required  by Section 404 of  the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This may require us
to incur substantial additional professional  fees and internal costs to further expand our accounting and
finance functions and expend significant management efforts. Prior to our initial public offering, we were
never required  to test our internal controls  within a  specified period,  and,  as a result, we may experience
difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.

We may in the  future discover material weaknesses  in  our system of  internal financial and accounting

controls and procedures that could result  in  a material  misstatement of our financial statements. In
addition, our internal control over financial  reporting  will not  prevent  or detect all error and all fraud. A
control  system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute,
assurance  that the  control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control
systems,  no  evaluation of controls can  provide absolute  assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud
will not occur or that all control issues and  instances  of fraud will  be detected.

If we  are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in  a

timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain  proper and effective internal  controls, we  may not be
able to produce timely and accurate  financial statements. If  that were to happen, the  market price of
our  stock could decline and we could be subject  to  sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on
which  our common stock is listed, the  Securities and  Exchange Commission,  or SEC, or other
regulatory authorities.

Because we do  not  anticipate paying any  cash  dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital
appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gains and you may never receive a return on your investment.

You should not rely on an investment in  our common stock to provide dividend income. We  have

not declared or paid cash dividends on  our common stock to date.  We currently intend to retain  our
future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth  of  our business. In  addition,  the terms of
our  existing credit facility preclude, and the  terms of any future  debt  agreements is  likely to similarly
preclude, us from paying dividends. As a  result, capital  appreciation, if  any,  of our  common stock will
be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Investors seeking cash  dividends  should not
purchase our common stock.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of being a public company.

As a public company listed in the United  States,  we will incur significant additional  legal,
accounting and other costs. These additional costs  could negatively affect  our  financial results. In
addition, changing laws, regulations and  standards relating to corporate governance and  public
disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC  and the NASDAQ  Global Select  Market,

42

may increase legal and financial compliance costs  and  make some activities  more time-consuming.
These laws, regulations and standards  are  subject to varying interpretations  and, as  a result, their
application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is  provided  by  regulatory and governing
bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with  evolving  laws, regulations and standards,  and this
investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of
management’s time and attention from  revenue-generating activities  to  compliance activities.  If,
notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new  laws, regulations and standards,  we fail to comply,
regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings  against us and our business may be harmed.

Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain some types  of

insurance, including director and officer  liability  insurance, and we might be forced to accept  reduced
policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage.
The impact of these events could also  make it more difficult for  us to attract and retain  qualified
persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board  of  directors or  as members of
senior management.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

We  lease approximately 68,000 square  feet of space  for  our corporate  headquarters in Landover,
Maryland pursuant to a lease that expires  in July 2018. We also lease  an aggregate of approximately
31,000 square feet of space in New York, Los Angeles,  Chapel Hill  and Hong  Kong. We sublease a
portion of this office space to third parties. We are currently  evaluating  options for additional space  in
Landover and New York as needed to accommodate our growth,  and  we believe that we will be able  to
obtain such space on acceptable, commercially reasonable terms.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The Company is not presently involved  in any legal proceeding or  other contingency that, if
determined adversely to it, would individually or in the aggregate  have a material adverse effect on its
business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Accordingly,  the Company does not
believe that there is a reasonable possibility that  a material loss exceeding  amounts already recognized
may have been incurred as of the date  of  the balance  sheets presented  herein.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

43

PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity,  Related  Stockholder Matters  and Issuer Purchases

of Equity Securities

Our common stock has been listed on the NASDAQ  Global Select  Market since  March 28, 2014,

under the symbol ‘‘TWOU’’. Prior to our initial  public offering, there was no  public market for our
common stock.

The following table set forth for the  indicated periods the high  and low sales  prices of our

common stock as reported on the NASDAQ  Global Select Market.

2014

First

Fourth
Quarter* Quarter Quarter Quarter

Second

Third

High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$14.82
11.77

$17.58
10.52

$20.20
13.07

$20.57
14.91

*

Beginning on March 28, 2014

As of December 31, 2014, there were 44  registered  stockholders of record for our common stock.

The actual number of stockholders is  greater  than  this number of  record  holders and  includes
stockholders who are beneficial owners  but whose shares are held  in street  name by brokers and other
nominees. This number of holders of  record also does  not  include stockholders whose shares may  be
held in trust by other entities.

Stock Performance Graph

The graph set forth below compares  the cumulative  total stockholder return on  an initial
investment of $100 in our common stock between  March 28, 2014 (the date of  our IPO)  and
December  31,  2014,  with  the  comparative  cumulative  total  return  of  such  amount  on  (i)  the  NASDAQ
Composite Index and (ii) the Russell 3000  Index  over the same period. We have  not  paid any  cash
dividends and, therefore, the cumulative total return calculation for us is based solely upon our stock
price appreciation or depreciation and  does not include any  reinvestment of cash dividends. The graph
assumes our closing sales price on March  28, 2014 of $13.98  per  share as the  initial value of our
common stock. The comparisons shown in the graph below  are  based upon  historical data, and are  not
necessarily indicative of, nor intended to forecast,  the potential future stock performance of  our
common stock.

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return
Through December 31, 2014
Assumes Initial Investment of $100

160.00

140.00

120.00

100.00

80.00

60.00

40.00

20.00

0.00

3/28/2014  3/31/2014  4/30/2014  5/31/2014  6/30/2014  7/31/2014  8/31/2014  9/30/2014  10/31/2014  11/30/2014  12/31/2014 

2U, Inc. 

NASDAQ Composite Index 

Russell 3000 Index 

20FEB201514445773

44

The information presented above in the stock performance graph  shall not be deemed to be
‘‘soliciting material’’ or to be ‘‘filed’’ with the SEC or  subject to Regulation 14A  or 14C, except  to  the
extent that we subsequently specifically  request that such  information be treated  as soliciting material
or specifically incorporate it by reference  into a filing under the Securities Act of 1933,  as amended, or
a filing under the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934, as  amended.

Dividend Policy

We  have never declared or paid any dividends on our  common stock. We anticipate  that  we will

retain all of our future earnings, if any,  for use in  the operation  and expansion of our business and do
not anticipate paying cash dividends in the  foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends
on our common stock is limited by restrictions under  the terms  of  the agreements governing  our credit
facility, and the terms of any future loan agreement  into  which we may enter  or any  additional debt
securities we may issue are likely to contain  similar restrictions on the  payment of dividends.

Use of Proceeds from Initial Public Offering of Common Stock

On March 27, 2014, our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File  No. 333-194079) was declared

effective by the SEC for our initial public offering pursuant to which  we sold an  aggregate  of 8,626,377
shares of common stock at a price of  $13.00 per share. In addition, selling stockholders, including
certain of our officers and directors,  sold in our initial public  offering  an aggregate of 1,610,075  shares
of common stock. The offering commenced on March 28, 2014 and did not terminate before all the
securities registered in the Registration  Statement were sold. Goldman Sachs  & Co. and  Credit  Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC acted as joint  book-running  managers for the offering.  Needham &
Company, LLC, Oppenheimer & Co.  Inc., and Pacific Crest Securities LLC acted as co-managers. On
April 2, 2014, we closed the sale of such  securities,  resulting in  net proceeds  to  us of approximately
$100.3 million after deducting underwriting discounts  and commissions of $7.8 million and other
offering expenses of approximately $4.0  million. We  did not receive any proceeds from the sale of
shares in our initial public offering by the  selling stockholders.  In connection with our  initial public
offering, no payments were made by us to directors, officers  or  persons owning  ten percent or more  of
our  common stock or to their associates or  to  our affiliates. There has  been no  material  change in the
planned use of proceeds from our initial public offering as described in  our  prospectus filed  pursuant
to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with  the Securities and  Exchange
Commission on March 28, 2014.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013,
2012 and 2011, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December  31, 2014, 2013  and
2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Our  historical  results are  not
necessarily indicative of the results to  be  expected in the future. The selected consolidated financial
data should be read together with Item  7 ‘‘Management’s Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial

45

Condition and Results of Operations’’ and in  conjunction with the consolidated financial statements,
related notes, and other financial information included  elsewhere  in this Annual Report on Form  10-K.

Consolidated Statement of Operations  Data:
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Costs and expenses:

Servicing and support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology and content development . . . . . . . .
Program marketing and sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

2011

(in thousands, except share and per  share amounts)

$

110,239

$

83,127

$

55,879

$

29,733

26,858
22,621
65,218
23,420

22,718
19,472
54,103
14,840

14,926
8,299
45,390
10,342

78,957

12,300
5,117
32,116
5,104

54,637

Total costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

138,117

111,133

Loss from operations
Other income (expense):

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loss before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preferred stock accretion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loss attributable to common stockholders . . . .

Net loss per share attributable to common

stockholders, basic and diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

used in computing net loss per share
attributable to common stockholders,  basic and
diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other Financial Data:
Adjusted EBITDA (loss)(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(27,878)

(28,006)

(23,078)

(24,904)

(1,213)
92

(1,121)

(28,999)
—

(28,999)
(89)

27
26

53

(27,953)
—

(27,953)
(347)

(73)
38

(35)

(23,113)
—

(23,113)
(339)

(19)
45

26

(24,878)
—

(24,878)
(314)

(29,088) $ (28,300) $ (23,452) $ (25,192)

(0.91) $

(3.81) $

(3.33) $

(3.77)

$

$

32,075,107

7,432,055

7,037,090

6,680,085

$

(14,779) $ (21,245) $ (18,814) $ (22,514)

(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure not in accordance  with generally accepted accounting
principles, or GAAP. For more information about Adjusted  EBITDA and a  reconciliation of
Adjusted EBITDA (loss) to net loss,  the most directly comparable financial measure  calculated
and presented in accordance with GAAP,  see the section below  titled ‘‘Adjusted EBITDA.’’

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total redeemable convertible preferred  stock . . . . .
Additional paid-in capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 86,929
350
113,039
25,028
—
216,818
88,011

$ 7,012
1,835
28,652
22,629
98,047
7,817
(92,024)

$ 25,190
248
39,877
13,467
92,706
5,483
(66,296)

46

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our  financial results,  we have  provided
within this Annual Report on Form 10-K Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. We have
provided a reconciliation below of Adjusted  EBITDA to net  loss, the most directly comparable GAAP
financial measure.

We  have included Adjusted EBITDA  in  this Annual Report on  Form 10-K because it  is a key

measure used by our management and board  of directors  to  understand and evaluate our core
operating performance and trends, to  prepare  and  approve  our annual  budget and  to  develop  short-
and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion  of  certain expenses in calculating Adjusted
EBITDA can provide a useful measure  for period-to-period comparisons  of our core business.
Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted  EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in
understanding and evaluating our operating  results in  the same manner as  our management and  board
of directors.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you  should not consider it

in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of  our  results as reported  under GAAP.  Some of these
limitations are:

(cid:127) although depreciation and amortization are  non-cash charges, the  assets being depreciated  and
amortized may have to be replaced  in the  future, and Adjusted EBITDA does  not  reflect  cash
capital expenditure requirements for such  replacements or for new capital expenditure
requirements;

(cid:127) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect  changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital

needs;

(cid:127) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect  the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

(cid:127) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect  interest or  tax  payments that may represent  a reduction in

cash available to us; and

(cid:127) other companies, including companies in our  industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA

differently, which reduces its usefulness as  a comparative  measure.

Because of these and other limitations,  you should consider Adjusted EBITDA  alongside other
GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various  cash flow metrics, net income (loss)
and our other GAAP results. The following table presents a  reconciliation  of Adjusted EBITDA  (loss)
to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments:

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization expense . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

2011

(in thousands)
$(28,999) $(27,953) $(23,113) $(24,878)

1,213
(92)
5,572
7,527

(27)
(26)
4,335
2,426

6,708

73
(38)
2,869
1,395

4,299

19
(45)
1,551
839

2,364

Total adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14,220

Adjusted EBITDA (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(14,779) $(21,245) $(18,814) $(22,514)

47

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of
operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial  statements and the related notes and other
financial information included elsewhere in  this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information
contained in this discussion and analysis  or set forth  elsewhere in  this report, including  information with
respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking  statements that involve  risks and
uncertainties. You should review Item 1A.  ‘‘Risk Factors’’ and ‘‘Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements’’ in this report for a discussion of  important  factors that could  cause actual results  to differ
materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the
following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We  are a leading provider of an integrated solution comprised of cloud-based software-as-a-service,

or SaaS, technology fused with technology-enabled services,  which we  refer to as our Platform. Our
Platform enables leading nonprofit colleges and universities  to  deliver their  high quality  education to
qualified students anywhere. Our SaaS technology consists of an innovative online learning
environment, which we refer to as Online Campus,  and  our operations  applications.  This technology is
fused with technology-enabled services, to complete  our  Platform. Our Platform  allows  our  clients’
programs to expand and operate at scale,  providing the comprehensive infrastructure colleges and
universities need to attract, enroll, educate, support and graduate their students. By leveraging our
Platform, we believe our clients are able  to  expand  their  addressable markets while providing
educational engagement, experiences  and  outcomes to their online students that match or  exceed  those
of their on-campus offerings.

Our clients use the Online Campus portion of our  Platform to offer high quality educational

content, instructor-led classes averaging  ten students per session in a live, intimate and  engaging setting,
and a rich social networking experience, all accessible through proprietary web-based and  mobile
applications. Online Campus challenges every student to learn  from  the front row and every faculty
member to engage students in new and  innovative ways. Our clients  use the operations applications
within our Platform to expand, enable  and support  their  online  operations,  and integrate those
operations with their existing university systems.  These applications provide the content management,
admissions application processing, customer relationship  management, and other functionality necessary
to effectively operate our clients’ programs.  Our Platform  also provides clients with  real-time data and
deep analytical insight related to student performance and engagement,  student and faculty  satisfaction,
and enrollment. We believe that the SaaS technology within our Platform is  flexible, easy to use, highly
scalable and characterized by a high level  of  availability and  security.

The technology-enabled services we provide within our Platform are designed to improve

enrollment and retention of our clients’  students as  well as to provide  those students with  a complete,
high quality educational experience. We  have primary responsibility for identifying qualified students for
our  clients’ programs, generating potential  student  interest in the programs and driving applications to
the programs. We have developed sophisticated digital program marketing and student acquisition
capabilities, and we work closely with  our clients  to  help them create highly engaging multimedia
instructional content for delivery through  Online Campus. We also  provide other services that support
the complete lifecycle of a higher education program,  including  advising prospective  students  through
the admissions application process, providing technical, success  coaching and  other support, facilitating
accessibility to individuals with disabilities, and facilitating in-program field placements. We provide  the
significant domain expertise and operating capacity our clients require to scale and operate successfully
in the online environment.

48

Our clients use our Platform to offer  full graduate degree programs online, and  some offer
doctorate and undergraduate degree programs as well. The students in these programs receive the
same degree or credit as their on-campus counterparts, and generally  pay  equivalent tuition. We are
currently engaged by 11 well-recognized  colleges and universities to enable  15 programs that have
launched and in which students have enrolled. The first  of  our clients’ programs was launched in 2009.
One  additional program launched in 2010 with  two more commencing in 2011. In 2013, our clients
launched five new programs. An additional four programs  launched  in 2014,  and a  dual degree between
an additional university client and one  of our existing clients  also  launched  in 2014. In 2015,  our clients
launched two programs and we have  announced  three new graduate  programs  with two current
university  clients  and  one  new  university  client  that  we  expect  to  launch  later  in  2015.  Most  of  our
client contracts have initial terms between  10 and  15 years in  length,  though one is longer,  and, since
our  inception, all of the clients that have  engaged us remain active.

A significant percentage of our annual  revenue is  related to students returning to our clients’

programs after their first semester. In  the twelve months ended  December 31, 2014, 62%  of  our
revenue was related to students who  had enrolled and completed their first semester prior to the start
of the year. We believe this high percentage of revenue  attributable  to  returning students contributes to
the predictability and recurring nature  of  our business.

We  have achieved  significant growth in  a relatively short period  of time. Full course equivalent
enrollments in our clients’ programs grew from 14,099  during  the twelve months  ended December  31,
2011 to 41,034 during the twelve months ended  December 31,  2014, representing a  compound annual
growth rate of 43%. From our inception through  December 31,  2014, more than 12,300 unique
individuals have enrolled as students  in our clients’ programs.  For the  years  ended December  31, 2014,
2013 and 2012, our revenue was $110.2 million, $83.1  million and $55.9 million, respectively. However,
because we must incur significant technology, content development,  program marketing and sales
expenses well in advance of generating  revenues  under a  new client program,  we have a  history of
losses despite our  revenue growth. In  order to become profitable, our revenues from existing client
programs will need to increase at a rate  faster than the expenses  we  will incur in  connection with  the
launch of new client programs.

We  believe our business strategy will continue to offer significant opportunities for growth, but it

also presents a number of risks and challenges.  In  particular, to remain competitive, we will  need  to
continue to innovate in a rapidly changing landscape for the application of technology  like ours to the
delivery of higher education. As described above,  we have  added, and we intend to continue  to  add,
degree programs in a number of new academic disciplines each  year, as well as to expand  the delivery
of existing degree programs to new clients  and to add new offerings to current  programs. To do  so, we
will need to convince new clients as to the quality  and value of our Platform,  cost-effectively identify
qualified students for our clients’ programs and help our clients retain  those students once  enrolled. We
must also be able to successfully execute  our business strategy  while navigating constantly changing
higher  education laws and regulations  applicable to our clients  and, in some  cases to ourselves,
particularly the incentive compensation rule that  generally  prohibits making  incentive payments related
to student acquisition. We seek to ensure  that  addressing all  of  these  risks and challenges  does not
divert our management’s attention from continuing  to  build on the strengths  that  we believe  have
driven the growth of our business over  the last several years. We believe our  focus on delivering a
differentiated Platform, maintaining the integrity of our clients’  educational  brands and enabling  strong
student  outcomes  will  contribute  to  the  success  of  our  business.  However,  we may  not  be  successful  in
addressing and managing the many challenges and risks  that we face.

Our Business Model

The key elements of our business model  are described  below.

49

Revenue Drivers

Substantially all of our revenue is derived from revenue-share arrangements  with our clients  under
which  we receive a contractually specified percentage of the  amounts students  pay them  in tuition and
other fees. Accordingly, the primary driver of  our  revenue growth is the  number of student course
enrollments in our clients’ programs. This in  turn  is influenced primarily by three factors:

(cid:127) our ability to increase the number  of programs offered by our clients, either by adding new

clients or by expanding the number of client programs;

(cid:127) our ability to identify and acquire prospective students for  our clients’  programs;  and

(cid:127) our ability, and that of our clients, to retain the students who  enroll in  their  programs.

In the near term, we expect the primary drivers of our  financial  results to continue to be our two

programs with the University of Southern  California, which are our longest running programs, launched
in 2009 and 2010.  For the years ended December 31,  2014, 2013 and 2012,  55%, 69% and 78%,
respectively, of our revenue was derived from these two programs.  We expect the University of
Southern California will continue to account for  a large portion of our revenue  until our  other client
programs become  more mature and achieve significantly higher enrollment levels.

Program  Marketing and Sales Expense

Our most significant expense in each fiscal period  has been  program  marketing and sales expense,

which  relates primarily to student acquisition activities.  We do not  spend  significant amounts on  new
client or program acquisition and we  do  not maintain a sales force targeted at  potential new clients or
programs since our model is not dependent on  launching a large number of  new programs per year,
either with new or existing clients. Instead, our new  clients  and programs are largely generated through
a direct approach  by our senior management  to  selected  colleges  and universities.

We  have primary responsibility for identifying qualified  students  for our clients’ programs,
generating potential student interest  in  the programs and driving applications to the  programs. While
our  clients make all admissions decisions,  the number of students who  enroll in our clients’ programs in
any given period is significantly dependent on the  amount  we  have spent  on these student acquisition
activities in prior periods. Accordingly, although most of our  clients’ programs span multiple semesters
and, therefore, generate continued revenue beyond the term in  which initial enrollments occur, we
expect that we will need to continue to incur  significant program marketing and sales  expense for
existing programs going forward to generate a continuous pipeline of new  enrollments.  For new
programs, we begin incurring program  marketing and sales costs as early  as nine months prior to the
start of a new client program.

We  typically identify prospective students for our clients’  programs between three months and  two
or more years before they ultimately  enroll. For the students currently enrolled  in our clients’  programs
and those who have graduated, the average time  from our initial  prospective student acquisition to
initial enrollment was seven months.  For  the students who  have graduated from  these programs, the
average time from initial enrollment  to  graduation was 21  months. However, because  our  clients’
programs are relatively new, they have only  graduated a limited  number of students to date, with many
early enrollees still enrolled. Based on the student retention rates and patterns we have observed in our
clients’ programs, we estimate that, for our current programs, the average  time from  a student’s initial
enrollment to graduation will be approximately 2.5 years.

Accordingly, our program marketing and sales expense  in any period  is an investment  we make to
generate revenue in future periods. Likewise, revenue generated in  any  period is  largely attributable to
the investment made in student acquisition activities in earlier periods.  Because  program marketing and
sales expense in any period is almost  entirely  unrelated to revenue  generated in that period, we do not

50

believe it is meaningful to directly compare  the two. We believe that the total revenue  we will receive
in the future from students who enroll in  our clients’ programs as a result of current period  program
marketing and sales expense will be significantly greater  as a  multiple  of that expense  than is implied
by the multiple of current period revenue  to  current period program marketing  and sales expense.
Further, we believe that our program marketing and sales expense in future  periods  will generally
decline  as a percentage of the revenue reported  in those  same periods  as our revenue base from
returning  students  in  existing  programs  increases.

We  continually manage our program  marketing and sales  expense to ensure that across  our
portfolio  of  client  programs,  our  cost  to  acquire  students  for  these  programs  is  appropriate  for  our
business model. We use a ratio of attrition adjusted lifetime revenue of a student,  or LTR, to the  total
cost to acquire that student, or TCA,  as the  measure of our marketing efficiency  and to determine how
much  we are willing to spend to acquire an additional student  for  any  program. The calculations
included in this ratio include certain assumptions. For any period,  we know what  we spent on program
sales and marketing and therefore, can  accurately  calculate the ratio’s denominator. However,  given the
time lag between when we incur our  program marketing and sales  expense and when  we receive
revenue related to students enrolled based on  that expense, we have to incorporate forecasts of student
enrollments and retention into our calculation  of  the ratio’s numerator,  which is  our  estimate of future
revenue related to that period’s expense. We use the significant amount of data we  have on  the
effectiveness of various marketing channels,  student attrition  and other factors to inform  our forecasts
and are continually testing the assumptions  underlying these forecasts against  actual results  to  give us
confidence that our forecasts are reasonable. The LTR to TCA ratio  may vary from program to
program depending on the degree being  offered, where that program is  in its  lifecycle  and whether we
enable the same or similar degrees at  other universities.

Period-to-Period Fluctuations

Our revenue, cash position, accounts  receivable  and deferred revenue  can fluctuate significantly
from quarter to quarter due to variations  driven by  the academic schedules of our clients’ programs.
These programs generally start classes for  new and  returning students  an average of  four times per
year. Class starts are not necessarily evenly spaced throughout  the year,  do not necessarily correspond
to the traditional academic calendar  and may  vary  from year to year. As a  result, the number of classes
our  client programs have in session,  and  therefore  the number  of students  enrolled, will vary from
month to month and quarter to quarter,  leading to variability in  our revenue.

The semesters of our clients’ programs often straddle  two  fiscal quarters. Our  clients generally pay

us when they have billed tuition and  specified  fees  to  their students, which is  typically early  in the
semester, and once the drop/add period  has  passed.  We recognize the related revenue ratably over the
course of the semester. Because we generally  receive payments  from our  clients  prior to our ability to
recognize the majority of those amounts as revenue, we  record deferred revenue at each balance sheet
date  equal to the excess of the amounts  we have  billed  or received from our clients over the amounts
we have recognized as revenue as of  that  date. For these reasons, our  cash flows typically  vary
considerably from quarter to quarter  and  our cash  position, accounts  receivable and deferred  revenue
typically fluctuate between quarterly  balance sheet dates.

Our expense levels also fluctuate from quarter to quarter, driven primarily  by  our  program
marketing and sales activity. We typically reduce our  paid  search  and other  program marketing and
sales efforts during late November and  December because  these  efforts are less productive during the
holiday season. This generally results in  lower  total  program  marketing  and sales expense during the
fourth quarter. In addition, because we begin spending on technology  and content development,
program marketing and sales, and, to  a  lesser extent, services  and  support  as much as nine months
prior to the start of classes for a new  client program, these  costs  as a percentage  of revenue fluctuate,

51

sometimes significantly, depending on  the  timing of new  client programs and anticipated  program
launch dates.

Key Business and Financial Performance Metrics

We  use a number of key metrics to evaluate  our business, measure our  performance, identify
trends  affecting our business, formulate  financial projections and  make strategic decisions. In addition
to adjusted EBITDA, which we discuss below, we  discuss  revenue and the components  of operating loss
in the section below entitled ‘‘—Components of Operating Results.’’  Additionally, we utilize other  key
metrics to evaluate the success of our  growth  strategy, including measures we refer to as Platform
revenue retention rate and full course  equivalent enrollments  in our clients’ programs.

Platform Revenue Retention Rate

We  measure our Platform revenue retention rate for a particular  period by first identifying the
group of programs that our clients launched before the beginning of  the  prior year comparative  period.
We  then calculate our Platform revenue retention  rate by comparing the revenue we recognized for this
group of programs in the reporting period to the revenue we recognized for the same  group of
programs in the prior year comparative  period, expressed as a  percentage of the  revenue we recognized
for the group in the prior year comparative period.

The following table sets forth our Platform revenue  retention  rate  for the  periods  presented,  as

well as the number of programs included in  the Platform revenue retention rate  calculation.  For all of
these periods, our Platform revenue retention rate was greater than 100%  because we  had no programs
terminate and full course equivalent  enrollments in  the aggregate increased year-over-year. There is  no
correlation between the Platform revenue retention  rate and the  number of programs included in the
calculation of that rate. The number of programs  may increase  while the retention rate declines.

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

Platform revenue retention rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Number of programs included in comparison(1) . . . . . . .

(in thousands)
112.4% 144.4% 157.0%
4

2

4

(1) Reflects the number of programs operating both in  the reported period and  in the prior

year comparative period.

Full Course Equivalent Enrollments in  Our Clients’  Programs

We  measure full course equivalent enrollments in our clients’  programs by  determining, for each of

the courses offered during a particular period, the number of students enrolled  in that course
multiplied by the percentage of the course completed  during  that period. We use this metric  to  account
for the fact that many courses offered by  our  clients straddle two or more fiscal quarters. For example,
if a course had 25 enrolled students and 40% of the course was completed  during  a particular period,
we would count the course as having  10  full course  equivalent enrollments for that period. Any
individual student may be enrolled in more than one course during a period.

Average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment represents our weighted-average revenue
per  course across the mix of courses being offered  in our client  programs during  a period.  This number
is derived by dividing our total revenue for a  period by the number of  full  course  equivalent
enrollments during that same period. This  amount  may  vary from period to period  depending on the
academic calendars of our clients, the  relative growth  rates of  programs  with varying tuition levels,  the
launch of new programs with higher or lower than average net tuition costs and  annual tuition
increases instituted by our clients. As a  part  of  our  growth strategy, we are actively targeting  new

52

graduate-level clients in academic disciplines for  which we have existing programs. Over time,  this
strategy is likely to reduce our average  revenue per full course equivalent. However, we  believe this
approach will enable us to leverage our program marketing investments across multiple  client programs
within specific academic disciplines, significantly decreasing  student acquisition costs within those
disciplines and more than offsetting any decline  in average  revenue per full  course equivalent
enrollment.

The following table sets forth the full  course equivalent enrollments and average revenue per full

course equivalent enrollment in our clients’ programs for  the periods presented.

Full course equivalent enrollments in our clients’

programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment
in our clients’ programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

41,034

31,338

22,532

$ 2,687

$ 2,653

$ 2,480

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA represents our earnings before net  interest (income) expense, income taxes,
depreciation and amortization, adjusted to eliminate stock-based compensation expense, which is a
non-cash item. Adjusted EBITDA is  a key measure used by our management  and board of directors to
understand and evaluate our core operating performance and  trends, to prepare and  approve  our
annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational  plans. In  particular,  the exclusion of
certain expenses in calculating adjusted  EBITDA  can provide  a  useful measure  for period-to-period
comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe  that  adjusted  EBITDA provides  useful
information to investors and others in  understanding  and evaluating  our operating results  in the same
manner as our management and board  of  directors.

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure  calculated in  accordance with U.S. GAAP, and  should not be

considered as an alternative to any measure of financial performance calculated and  presented  in
accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, adjusted EBITDA may  not be comparable to similarly titled
measures of other companies because  other companies  may not calculate adjusted EBITDA  in the
same manner that we do. We prepare  adjusted  EBITDA to eliminate the  impact  of  stock-based
compensation expense, which we do not  consider indicative of our core operating performance.

Our use of adjusted EBITDA has limitation as  an analytical tool,  and you should  not  consider it in

isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of
these limitations are:

(cid:127) although depreciation and amortization are  non-cash charges, the  assets being depreciated  and
amortized may have to be replaced  in the  future, and adjusted EBITDA does  not  reflect cash
capital expenditure requirements for such  replacements or for new capital expenditure
requirements;

(cid:127) adjusted EBITDA does not reflect  changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital

needs;

(cid:127) adjusted EBITDA does not reflect  the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

(cid:127) adjusted EBITDA does not reflect  interest or  tax  payments that may represent  a reduction in

cash available to us; and

(cid:127) other companies, including companies in our  industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA

differently, which reduces its usefulness as  a comparative  measure.

53

Because of these and other limitations,  you should consider adjusted EBITDA  alongside other
U.S. GAAP-based financial performance  measures,  including  various cash flow  metrics, net  income
(loss) and our other U.S. GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation  of adjusted
EBITDA (loss) to net loss for each of the periods  indicated:

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments:

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization  expense . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(in thousands)
$(28,999) $(27,953) $(23,113)

1,213
(92)
5,572
7,527

(27)
(26)
4,335
2,426

6,708

73
(38)
2,869
1,395

4,299

Total adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14,220

Adjusted EBITDA (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(14,779) $(21,245) $(18,814)

Components of Operating Results

Revenue

Substantially all of our revenue consists  of  a contractually  specified percentage of  the amounts our

clients  bill to their students for tuition and fees, less credit card  fees  and  other specified charges  we
have agreed to exclude in certain of our client  contracts,  which we refer to as net  program proceeds.
Most of our contracts have 10 to 15  year initial  terms, though  one  is longer. We recognize revenue
ratably over the service period, which we  define as the first through  the last day  of classes for each
semester in a client’s program.

We  establish a refund allowance for  our share of tuition and fees ultimately uncollected  by  our

clients.

We  also offered rebates to a limited  group of students who enrolled  in a specific client  program

between 2009 and 2011, which we will  be  required to pay to such students if  they complete  their
degrees and pre-specified, post-graduation  work requirements within  a defined period  of  time after
graduation. For students in this group  who are  still enrolled  in the program, we accrue  the rebate
liability as they continue through the program  towards  graduation. In addition, all students in this
group are required to certify to us each September as  to  their continuing  eligibility for these rebates.
For those students who do not make such certification and are therefore no  longer eligible  for the
rebate, because, for example, they have failed to meet  their post-graduation work  requirements, we
reduce the allowance accordingly at that  time. As of December 31,  2014 and  2013, 130 and 323
students, respectively, remained eligible to receive these rebates. These  rebates and refunds offset the
net program proceeds that we recognize as revenue.

54

The following table details the components of our revenue for  the periods indicated.

Net program proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rebates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

$110,236
932
(838)
(91)

(in thousands)
$83,563
320
(863)
107

$56,760
(240)
(641)
—

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$110,239

$83,127

$55,879

In addition to providing access to the cloud-based  technology within our Platform, we provide

technology-enabled services that support  the complete  lifecycle of a higher education program,
including attracting students, advising  prospective students through the admissions application process,
providing technical, success coaching and other support, facilitating accessibility to individuals with
disabilities, and facilitating in-program  field  placements. We  have determined that no individual
deliverable has standalone value upon  delivery and, therefore, the  multiple deliverables within our
arrangements do not qualify for treatment as separate units of accounting.  Accordingly, we  consider all
deliverables to be a single unit of accounting  and we recognize revenue  from the entire  arrangement
over the term of the service period.

We  generally receive payments from  our clients early in each  semester, prior to completion of  the
service period. We record these advance payments as  deferred revenue  until the services are  delivered
or until our obligations are otherwise met, at which time we recognize the revenue. As  of each balance
sheet date, deferred revenue is a current liability and represents the excess amounts  we have billed  or
received over the amounts we have recognized as revenue in  the consolidated statements of operations
as of  that date.

Costs and Expenses

Costs and expenses consist of servicing  and  support  costs, technology and content development

costs, program marketing and sales expenses  and  general and administrative expenses. To support  our
anticipated growth, we expect to continue to hire new employees, increase our program  promotion and
student acquisition efforts, expand our technology infrastructure and  increase our other program
support capabilities. As a result, we expect our costs  and expenses to increase  in absolute dollars,  but
to decrease as a percentage of revenue over time as we achieve economies  of  scale through the
expansion of our business.

Servicing and support. Servicing and support costs consist primarily  of compensation costs related
to program management and operations, as  well as costs for technical support for our SaaS technology
and  faculty and student support. It includes costs to facilitate in-program field  placements,  student
immersions and other student enrichment  experiences, and to assist  our clients with their state
compliance requirements. It also includes software  licensing, telecommunications  and other costs to
provide access to the SaaS technology  within our  Platform for our clients  and their students.

Technology and content development. Technology and content development costs consist primarily

of compensation and outsourced services  costs  related to the ongoing improvement and maintenance of
the SaaS technology within our Platform, and the developed content  for our client programs.  It also
includes the costs to support our internal infrastructure, including  our cloud-based server  usage.
Additionally, it includes the associated  depreciation and amortization expense related to internally
developed software and content, as well as hosting and  other costs associated with maintaining the SaaS
technology within our Platform in a cloud environment.

55

Program marketing  and sales. Program marketing and sales expense consists primarily of costs

related to student acquisition. This includes the cost of online advertising and prospective student
generation, as well as compensation  costs  for our program marketing,  search  engine optimization,
marketing analytics and admissions application  counseling  personnel. We expense all costs  related to
program marketing and sales as they are incurred.

General and administrative. General and administrative expense consists primarily of
compensation costs for employees in  our executive, administrative, finance  and accounting,  legal,
communications and human resources functions. Additional expenses  include external legal,  accounting
and other professional fees, telecommunications charges and  other corporate costs such  as insurance
and travel that are not related to another function.

Other  Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) consists of interest income and interest expense.  Interest income is
derived from interest received on our cash  and  cash equivalents. Interest  expense consists primarily of
the amortization of deferred financing costs associated with our line  of credit  and convertible notes
prior to their conversion and changes in our  preferred stock warrant liability as  a result of changes  in
the fair value of such warrants (through April 2,  2014).

The fair value of our preferred stock  warrant  liability  was  reassessed at the end of each  reporting
period and any increase in fair value  was recognized in  other expense, while any  decrease in fair  value
was recognized in other income. Upon  completion of our initial public  offering, the  preferred stock
warrants automatically became warrants  to purchase common stock.  At that time, we  reclassified the
preferred stock warrant liability to additional  paid-in capital and no further changes in  fair value  will be
recognized in other income or expense.

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

Income tax expense consists of U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes. To  date, we have not
been required to pay U.S. federal income taxes because  of  our current and accumulated net operating
losses. We incurred immaterial state and  foreign income tax liabilities for the years ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

56

Results of Operations

Comparison of Years Ended December  31, 2014  and 2013

The following table sets forth selected consolidated  statement  of operations  data  for each  of  the

periods indicated.

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Costs and expenses:

Servicing and support
Technology and content

. . . . . . . . .

development

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Program marketing and sales . . . .
General and administrative . . . . .

Loss from operations . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense):

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total other income (expense) . .

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

Amount

Percentage
of Revenue

Amount

Percentage
of Revenue

(dollars in thousands)

Period-to-Period
Change

Amount

Percentage

$110,239

100.0% $ 83,127

100.0% $27,112

32.6%

26,858

22,621
65,218
23,420

24.4

20.5
59.2
21.2

22,718

19,472
54,103
14,840

27.3

23.4
65.1
17.9

4,140

3,149
11,115
8,580

26,984

128

18.2

16.2
20.5
57.8

24.3

(0.5)

(1,213)
92

(1,121)

(1.1)
0.1

(1.0)

27
26

53

0.0
0.0

0.0

(1,240)
66

(4,630.7)
258.7

(1,174)

(2,238.1)

Total costs and expenses . . . . . .

138,117

125.3

111,133

133.7

(27,878)

(25.3)

(28,006)

(33.7)

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (28,999)

(26.3)% $ (27,953)

(33.7)% $ (1,046)

3.7

Revenue. Revenue for the year ended December  31, 2014 was  $110.2  million,  an increase of

$27.1 million, or 32.6%, from $83.1 million for the  year ended December 31,  2013. Of the increase,
$14.3 million was primarily attributable to increases period-over-period full course equivalent
enrollments in the client programs that launched  in 2013. Increases in full-course  equivalent
enrollments in the four client programs launched prior to January 1, 2013 resulted  in higher
period-over-period revenues of $9.4 million, while programs that launched in  2014 contributed
$2.8 million. In addition, our rebate  liability  decreased, which resulted  in a  corresponding  increase in
our revenue by $0.6 million. The decrease in the  rebate  liability was  the  result of some students not
certifying their continuing eligibility for the rebate program and  fewer of the original cohort of students
still being enrolled in the applicable client  program  and, therefore, a reduction  in the rate of rebate
liability  accrual during the period.

Servicing and support. Servicing and support costs for the year ended December 31,  2014 were

$26.8 million, an increase of $4.1 million,  or  18.2%, from $22.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2013. This increase was  due primarily to a $3.1 million increase in  compensation  costs,
and  a $0.5 million increase in travel and related expenses  as  we increased our headcount in this area by
27% to serve a growing number of students  and faculty in  existing and new  client programs. The
remaining increase of $0.5 million was  primarily attributable  to  increased costs associated with student
immersions and on-campus initiatives. As a percentage  of  revenue, servicing and support costs
decreased from 27.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 24.4% for the same period  of  2014, as
client programs continued to mature  and greater operational efficiencies were achieved.

Technology and content development. Technology and content development costs for the year
ended December 31, 2014 were $22.6  million, an increase of $3.1 million,  or 16.2%, from  $19.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 2013.  This was due primarily to a  $2.2 million increase in

57

compensation costs (net of capitalized amounts for software and content development) and  higher
travel and related expenses of $0.3 million, as  we increased our headcount in  this area  by  30% to
support additional client program launches  and scaling of existing  client programs. Further, an increase
of $0.9 million resulted from higher depreciation expense associated with our  capitalized  internal use
software and content development costs,  primarily as a result of an  increase in  the number  of  courses
that have been developed for our client programs.  Additionally, costs related to equipment
expenditures and our cloud-based server  usage  increased by  $0.7 million  and $0.7  million,  respectively,
to support a greater number of our clients’ programs.  These increases were offset by lower curriculum
development and production expenditures of $1.3  million,  primarily related to the discontinuation  of  a
pilot program, and other cost savings of  $0.4 million.  As a  percentage of revenue, technology  and
content development costs decreased  from 23.4% for the year ended  December 31, 2013 to 20.5%  for
the same period of 2014, driven by our  increased revenue.

Program marketing  and sales. Program marketing and sales expense for the year  ended

December 31, 2014 was $65.2 million,  an increase of $11.1 million,  or 20.5%, from  $54.1 million for  the
year ended December 31, 2013. This  increase  was  due primarily to a $7.4 million increase in
compensation costs, as we increased  our  headcount in this area  by 37% to acquire students for, and
drive revenue growth in, new client programs. Additionally,  prospective student generation costs
increased by a total of $3.5 million to  acquire students  for our  clients’ programs, while  other  program
marketing and sales expenses increased  by $0.2 million. As  a  percentage  of  revenue, program marketing
and sales expense decreased from 65.1% for year ended December 31,  2013 to 59.2% for the same
period of 2014, reflecting a higher year-over-year percentage  increase  in revenue than the
corresponding increase in program marketing  and sales expense.

General and administrative. General and administrative expense for the  year ended December 31,

2014 was $23.4 million, an increase of $8.6  million,  or 57.8%, from $14.8  million  for the  year  ended
December 31, 2013. This was due primarily to a $5.7  million increase  in compensation costs and
$0.7 million increase in travel and related expenses, as we increased our headcount in this area by 19%
to support our growing business. Additionally, employee education benefit  costs increased by
$0.8 million, while legal, accounting and  other professional fees increased by $0.8  million. Further,
insurance costs increased by $0.3 million due to the purchase of  directors and officers liability coverage
and other general and administrative costs increased by $0.3 million. As a percentage of revenue,
general and administrative expense increased from  17.9% for the year ended  December 31,  2013 to
21.2% for the same period of 2014.

58

Comparison of Years Ended December  31, 2013  and 2012

The following table sets forth selected consolidated  statement  of operations  data  for each  of  the

periods indicated.

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Costs and expenses:

Servicing and support . . . . . . . . . .
Technology and content

development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Program marketing and sales . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . .

Loss from operations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense):

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total other income (expense) . .

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

Amount

Percentage
of Revenue

Amount

Percentage
of  Revenue

(dollars in thousands)

Period-to-Period
Change

Amount

Percentage

$ 83,127

100.0% $ 55,879

100.0% $27,248

48.8%

22,718

19,472
54,103
14,840

27.3

23.4
65.1
17.9

14,926

8,299
45,390
10,342

78,957

26.7

14.9
81.2
18.5

141.3

7,792

52.2

11,173
8,713
4,498

32,176

134.6
19.2
43.5

40.8

21.4

(28,006)

(33.7)

(23,078)

(41.3)

(4,928)

27
26

53

0.0
0.0

0.0

(73)
38

(35)

(0.2)
0.1

(0.1)

100
(12)

(137.0)
(31.6)

88

(251.4)

Total costs and expenses . . . . . .

111,133

133.7

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (27,953)

(33.7)% $(23,113)

(41.4)% $ (4,840)

20.9

Revenue. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $83.1  million,  an increase of
$27.2 million, or 48.8%, from $55.9 million for the  year ended December 31,  2012. Of the increase,
$24.2 million was primarily attributable to increased period-over-period full  course  equivalent
enrollments in the four client programs launched prior to January 1, 2013. An  additional $2.4  million
was attributable to full course equivalent enrollments in the  new client programs  that  launched during
2013. In addition,  our rebate liability decreased, which resulted  in a corresponding increase in  our
revenue of $0.6 million. The decrease in  the rebate liability was the result of  some students not
certifying their continuing eligibility for the rebate program and  fewer of the original cohort of students
still being enrolled in the applicable client  program  and, therefore, a reduction  in the rate of rebate
liability  accrual during the period.

Servicing and support. Servicing and support costs for the year ended  December  31,  2013 were

$22.7 million, an increase of $7.8 million,  or  52.2%, from $14.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2012. This increase was  due primarily to a $5.9 million increase in  compensation  costs, as
we increased our headcount in this area by 30% to serve a growing number of students and  faculty in
existing and new client programs. The  remaining  increase of $1.9 million was primarily attributable to
increase  costs for software licensing and facilitating in-program field placements, student immersions
and  student enrichment experiences. As a percentage of revenue, servicing  and support costs increased
from 26.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012  to  27.3% for  the  year  ended December  31, 2013,  as
five additional client programs launched in  2013 and we began to incur expenses in anticipation of the
revenue we expect to generate through these new  programs.

Technology and content development. Technology and content development costs were

$19.5 million for the year ended December  31, 2013, an  increase of  $11.2 million, or 134.6%,  from
$8.3 million for the year ended December  31, 2012. This was  due primarily  to  a $3.9 million increase in
external  technology consulting costs and a  $3.8 million increase  in compensation costs (net of

59

capitalized amounts for software and  content development), as  we increased our headcount in this area
by 67% to support additional client program launches and  scaling of existing client  programs. Further,
an increase of $1.4 million was attributable to increased costs  for  telecommunication, travel, computer
hardware and other expenses. Additionally, an increase  of $1.3 million resulted  from higher
depreciation expense associated with  our  capitalized internal use software and  content development
costs, primarily as a result of an increase  in  the number  of courses  that have been  developed  for our
client programs. The remaining increase of $0.8 million resulted primarily from  higher costs related to
our  cloud-based server usage. As a percentage  of revenue,  technology and content development  costs
increased from 14.9% for the year ended  December 31,  2012 to 23.4% for the  year ended
December 31, 2013, as additional client  programs launched and  we began to incur expenses in advance
of revenue generated through these new programs.

Program marketing  and sales. Program marketing and sales expense for the year  ended

December 31, 2013 was $54.1 million,  an increase of $8.7 million,  or 19.2%, from  $45.4 million for  the
year ended December 31, 2012. This  increase  was  due primarily to a $4.3 million increase in
compensation costs, as we increased  our  headcount in this area  by 26% to acquire students for, and
drive revenue growth in, new client programs. Additionally,  prospective student generation costs
increased by a total of $3.3 million, and  other  general program marketing and sales expenses,  including
advertising design, printing, public relations  and  advertisement hosting fees, increased by a  total  of
$1.1 million, as we continued to expand  our  program  marketing  efforts to acquire students for our
clients’ programs. As a percentage of revenue,  program  marketing  and  sales expense decreased  from
81.2% for the year ended December  31, 2012 to 65.1% for the year ended  December 31,  2013,
reflecting a higher year-over-year percentage increase  in revenue than  the corresponding increase in
program marketing and sales expense.

General and administrative. General and administrative expense for the  year ended December 31,

2013 was $14.8 million, an increase of $4.5  million,  or 43.5%, from $10.3  million  for the  year  ended
December 31, 2012. This was due primarily to a $2.4  million increase  in compensation costs, driven  by
increased employee bonus and stock-based compensation expense of $1.5 million and increased wages
of $0.9 million, as we increased our headcount in this area  by 2% to support our growing business and
prepared to operate as a public company.  Additionally,  our legal, accounting and other professional
fees increased by $1.2 million in preparation for  our initial public offering, travel costs increased  by
$0.4 million driven by the increase in  personnel and other  general and administrative expenses
increased by $0.5 million. As a percentage of revenue, general and  administrative expense decreased
from 18.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 17.9% for  the  year  ended December  31, 2013,
reflecting a higher year-over-year percentage increase  in revenue than  the corresponding increase in
general and administrative expense.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based

on our consolidated financial statements,  which have been  prepared  in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States, or  GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated
financial statements requires us to make  estimates and assumptions that  affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date  of the consolidated
financial statements, and the reported  amounts of revenue and  expenses during  the reported period. In
accordance with GAAP, we base our  estimates on historical experience and on various other
assumptions we believe to be reasonable  under the  circumstances. Actual  results may  differ  from these
estimates if conditions differ from our  assumptions.

While our significant accounting policies  are more fully described  in Note  2 in the  ‘‘Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements’’ included in  Part II,  Item  8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K,

60

we believe the following accounting policies are  critical  to  the process  of  making significant judgments
and estimates in preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

We  recognize  revenue  when  all  of  the  following  conditions  are  met:  (i) persuasive  evidence  of  an

arrangement exists, (ii) rendering of services  is complete, (iii) fees  are  fixed or determinable and
(iv) collection of fees is reasonably assured.

We  primarily  derive  our  revenue  from  long  term  contracts  that  typically  range  from  10  to  15 years
in length. Under these contracts, we  enable access  to  our  cloud-based technology Platform and  provide
technology-enabled marketing, content development  and  supporting services to our clients  and their
faculty  and  students.  We  are  entitled  to  a  contractually  specified  percentage  of  net  program  proceeds
from  our  clients.  These  net  program  proceeds  represent  gross  proceeds  billed  by  our  clients  to  students,
less  credit card fees and other specified charges we have agreed to exclude  in certain of our client
contracts.  A  refund  allowance  is  established  for  our  share  of  tuition  and  fees  ultimately  uncollected  by
our  clients. We also offered rebates to a group of students who enrolled in a specific client  program
between 2009 and 2011, which we will  pay  to  the student  if he  or  she completes the degree and certain
post-graduation  work  requirements  within  a  specified  period  of  time.  These  rebates  and  refunds  offset
the net program proceeds recognized as revenue.  Revenue is recognized ratably over the service period,
which  we define as the first through the  last day  of  classes for each semester  in a client’s program.  We
invoice  our  clients  based  on  enrollment  reports  that  are  generated  by  our  clients.  In  some  instances,
these  enrollment  reports  are  received  prior  to  the  conclusion  of  the  drop/add  period.  In  such  cases,  we
establish a reserve against revenue, if necessary, based on our  estimate of changes in  enrollments
expected prior to the end of the drop/add period.

We  generate  substantially  all  of  our  revenue  from  multiple-deliverable  contractual  arrangements

with  our  clients.  Under  each  of  these  arrangements,  we  provide  (i) a  cloud-based  technology  Platform
that serves as a learning platform for our  client’s faculty and students and which also enables a
comprehensive range of other client functions,  (ii) program marketing and  application  services for
student acquisition, (iii) in conjunction  with the client’s faculty  members,  content development for
courses  and (iv) faculty and student support services, including technical field training and support,
non-academic student advising and academic progress monitoring.

In  order  to  treat  deliverables  in  a  multiple-deliverable  contractual  arrangement  as  separate  units  of
accounting, deliverables must have standalone value upon delivery. The  services  are provided  primarily
in support of courses offered over our Platform and for  students of the online courses delivered over
its  Platform.  Accordingly,  we  haves  determined  that  no  individual  deliverable  has  standalone  value
upon  delivery  and,  therefore,  deliverables  within  our  multiple-deliverable  arrangements  do  not  qualify
for treatment as separate units of accounting. Accordingly,  we  consider all deliverables  to  be  a single
unit  of  accounting  and  recognize  revenue  from  the  entire  arrangement  over  the  term  of  the  service
period.

Advance  payments  are  recorded  as  deferred  revenue  until  the  services  are  delivered  or  obligations

are met, at which time revenue is recognized. Deferred revenue as  of a particular balance sheet date
represents the excess of amounts received  as compared to amounts  recognized in  revenue in  the
consolidated  statements  of  operations  as  of  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  and  such  amounts  are
reflected as a current liability on our consolidated  balance  sheets.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for  Doubtful Accounts

Our accounts receivable are stated at  realizable  value.  We extend a minimal amount of

uncollateralized credit to our clients.  We  utilize the allowance method to  provide for  doubtful accounts
based on management’s evaluation of the  collectability of the amounts due. Our estimate  is based  on

61

historical  collection  experience  and  a  review  of  the  current  status  of  accounts  receivable.  Historically,
actual write-offs for uncollectible accounts have  not  significantly differed from our estimates.  As of
December 31, 2014 and 2013, we determined that  no significant allowances for doubtful accounts were
necessary.

Internally Developed Software Costs

We  capitalize  certain  costs  associated  with  internally-developed  software,  primarily  consisting  of

direct  labor  associated  with  creating  the  software.  Software  development  projects  generally  include
three stages: the preliminary project stage (all  costs are  expensed  as incurred), the application
development  stage  (certain  costs  are  capitalized  and  certain  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred)  and  the
post-implementation/operation  stage  (all  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred).  Costs  capitalized  in  the
application development stage include costs of designing the  application,  coding, integrating our and
the  university’s  networks  and  systems,  and  the  testing  of  the  software.  Capitalization  of  costs  requires
judgment  in  determining  when  a  project  has  reached  the  application  development  stage  and  the  period
over which we expect to benefit from the  use of that software. Once the software is placed in service,
these costs are depreciated on a straight-line method  over the estimated useful life of the software,
which  is generally three to five years.

Capitalized Content Development Costs

We  work  with  each  of  our  clients’  faculty  members  to  develop  and  maintain  educational  content

that  is  delivered  to  their  students  through  our  cloud-based  technology  Platform.  The  online  content
developed jointly by us and our clients consists  of subjects  chosen and  taught  by  client’s faculty
members  and  incorporates  references  and  examples  designed  to  remain  relevant  over  extended  periods
of time. Online delivery of the content,  combined with live, face-to-face  instruction,  provides us with
rapid user feedback, which we use to  make ongoing corrections,  modifications and  improvements to the
course  content.  Our  clients  retain  all  intellectual  property  rights  to  the  developed  content,  although  we
retain  the  rights  to  the  content  packaging  and  delivery  mechanisms.  Much  of  our  new  content
development uses proven delivery platforms  and  is therefore  primarily subject-specific  in nature. As a
result,  a  significant  portion  of  content  development  costs  qualify  for  capitalization  due  to  the  focus  of
our  development  efforts  on  the  unique  subject  matter  of  the  content.  Similar  to  on-campus  programs
offered by our clients, the online degree programs that we enable offer numerous courses for  each
degree. We therefore capitalize our development costs  on a course-by-course basis.  As students must
matriculate  into  a  client  program  in  order  to  take  a  course,  revenues  and  identifiable  cash  flows  are
also measured at the client program level.

We  develop content on a course-by-course  basis in  conjunction with the faculty  for each  client
program. The clients and their faculty generally provide course outlines  in the  form of the curriculum,
required textbooks, case studies and  other  reading materials,  as well as  presentations that are  typically
used in the on-campus setting. We are  then responsible  for, and  incur all  of  the expenses  related to, the
conversion of the materials provided by  each client into a format suitable  for delivery  through our
cloud-based technology Platform.

The  content  development  costs  that  qualify  for  capitalization  are  third-party  direct  costs,  such  as

videography,  editing  and  other  services  associated  with  creating  digital  content.  Additionally,  we
capitalize internal payroll and payroll-related costs  incurred  to  create and produce  videos and  other
digital  content  utilized  in  the  clients’  programs  for  delivery  via  our  Platform.  Capitalization  ends  when
content has been fully developed by both  us and the  client, at  which time amortization of the
capitalized content development costs begin.  The capitalized  costs are  recorded on  a course-by-course
basis  and  included  in  capitalized  content  costs  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  These  costs  are
amortized using the straight-line method over  the estimated useful life of the respective  capitalized
content program, which is generally five years. The estimated useful  life corresponds with the planned

62

curriculum  refresh  rate.  This  refresh  rate  is  consistent  with  expected  curriculum  refresh  rates  as  cited
by program faculty members for similar on-campus  programs.  It is reasonably possible that developed
content could be refreshed before the estimated useful lives are complete.

Stock-Based Compensation

We  have  issued  two  types  of  stock-based  awards  under  our  stock  plans:  stock  options  and  restricted

stock  units.  Stock-based  awards  granted  to  employees,  directors  and  non-employee  third  parties  are
measured at fair value at each grant date.  We consider  what we believe  to be comparable publicly
traded  companies,  discounted  free  cash  flows,  and  an  analysis  of  our  enterprise  value  in  estimating  the
fair value of our common stock. For  awards  subject to service-based vesting conditions, we recognize
compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the  requisite service  period of  the award, adjusted
for  estimated  forfeitures.  Options  subject  to  service-based  vesting  generally  vest  at  various  times  from
the date of the grant, with most options vesting in  tranches, generally over  a period  of  four years.
Restricted stock units subject to service-based vesting generally vest 25% on each anniversary of the
grant date over four years.

Some of  the stock options granted during  the year ended December 31, 2012  were subject to both

performance and service-based vesting conditions. We recognize compensation expense using an
accelerated recognition method for awards subject to performance-based  vesting  conditions when  it is
probable that the performance condition  will be achieved.

For the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012, we recorded stock-based compensation

expense of $7.5 million, $2.4 million and $1.4 million,  respectively.  Information about the  assumptions
used in the calculation of stock-based compensation expense is set forth in Note 10 in the ‘‘Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements’’ included in  Part II, Item 8 of  this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

As  of  December 31,  2014,  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  unvested  options  totaled

$9.6 million and will be recognized over  a  weighted-average  period of approximately 2.3 years.

As  of  December 31,  2014,  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  unvested  restricted  stock

units was $7.5 million and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately
3.0 years.

Income Taxes

Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  under  the  asset  and  liability  method,  which  requires  the

recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  events  that
are included in the financial statements.  Under this method, the deferred  tax assets and  liabilities are
determined  based  on  the  differences  between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  bases  of  the  assets  and
liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect  for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.
The effect of a change in tax rates on  the deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in earnings in
the  period  when  the  new  rate  is  enacted.  Deferred  tax  assets  are  subject  to  periodic  recoverability
assessments. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary,  to  reduce deferred tax assets to the
amount that more likely than not will  be  realized. We consider all positive and negative evidence
relating  to  the  realization  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  in  assessing  the  need  for  a  valuation  allowance.  We
currently  maintain  a  full  valuation  allowance  against  our  deferred  tax  assets.

We  record  a  liability  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits  resulting  from  uncertain  tax  positions  taken  or

expected to be taken in a tax return. We account for uncertainty in income taxes  using  a two-step
approach for evaluating tax positions.  Step one, recognition, occurs  when we conclude that a tax
position,  based  solely  on  its  technical  merits,  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon  examination.
Step two, measurement, determines the amount of  benefit that is  more likely  than not to be realized
upon ultimate settlement with a taxing  authority that has  full knowledge of  all  relevant information.

63

De-recognition  of  a  tax  position  that  was  previously  recognized  would  occur  if  we  subsequently
determine that a tax position no longer meets the more  likely than not threshold of being sustained.
We  recognize interest and penalties,  if  any,  related to unrecognized  tax  benefits as  income  tax expense
in  our  consolidated  statements  of  operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

From inception until the closing of our initial public  offering  on April 2, 2014,  we funded our
operations primarily through private  placements  of  redeemable  convertible preferred stock.  We raised
$31.5 million, $26.0 million and $5.0  million from the  sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock in
2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

In  April  2012,  we  obtained  a  line  of  credit  from  Comerica  Bank  under  which  we  were  able  to
borrow up to $10.0 million. We never borrowed any amounts under  this facility. On December 31,
2013, we entered into a new credit agreement with Comerica  Bank which replaced our prior  line of
credit with a new revolving line of credit.  Under this revolving line of credit, we may  borrow  up to
$37.0 million  from  a  syndicate  of  lenders  including  Comerica  Bank  and  Square  1  Bank.  On  January  21,
2014, we borrowed $5.0 million under this  line of  credit and repaid  this borrowing in  full on
February 18, 2014. There have been no subsequent  borrowings  under  this line of credit. Under this
revolving line of credit, we have the option of borrowing  funds  subject to (i)  a base rate,  which is  equal
to 1.5% plus the greater of Comerica Bank’s prime rate, the  federal funds  rate plus 1% or  the 30 day
LIBOR plus 1%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 2.5%.  For amounts borrowed under the base rate, we may make
interest-only payments quarterly, and may prepay such amounts with  no penalty. For amounts borrowed
under LIBOR, we may make interest-only payments  in periods of one, two and three months and  will
be subject to a prepayment penalty if we  repay such borrowed amounts before the end  of  the interest
period.

Borrowings under the line of credit are collateralized by substantially all of  our  assets. The

availability of borrowings under this credit  line  is subject to  our compliance with reporting  and financial
covenants, including, among other things,  that we achieve specified  minimum three-month trailing
revenue levels during the term of the agreement  and  specified minimum six-month  trailing  profitability
levels for some of our client programs, measured quarterly. In addition, we are required to maintain a
minimum adjusted quick ratio, which measures our short term liquidity, of at least 1.10  to  1.00.

The covenants under the line of credit also place limitations on our ability to incur additional
indebtedness  or to prepay permitted indebtedness, grant liens on  or security interests in our  assets,
carry out mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets,  declare, make or pay  dividends,  make  capital
expenditures in excess of specified amounts, make investments, loans or advances,  enter into
transactions with our affiliates, amend  or modify the  terms of our material contracts, or change our
fiscal year. If we are not in compliance with the covenants  under the  line of  credit, after  any
opportunity to cure such non-compliance,  or we  otherwise experience an  event of default  under the  line
of credit, the lenders may require repayment  in full of all  principal  and interest outstanding. If we fail
to repay such amounts, the lenders could foreclose  on the  assets we have pledged as collateral under
the line of credit. We are currently in  compliance  with all such covenants.

On April 2, 2014, we closed our initial public offering in  which we  issued and  sold 8,626,377 shares

of common stock resulting in net proceeds of $100.3  million.  Refer to Note 2 in the ‘‘Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements’’ included in  Part II,  Item  8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K
for additional details.

64

Working Capital

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents,  accounts receivable,  working capital

and cash flows for the periods indicated:

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash (used in) provided by:

As of and for the Year Ended
December 31,

2014

2013

2012

$ 86,929
350
66,220

(in thousands)
$ 7,012
1,835
(9,020)

$ 25,190
248
15,794

Operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(11,685)
(10,982)
102,584

(15,682)
(7,636)
5,140

(20,185)
(5,215)
26,632

Our cash  at December 31, 2014 was held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into

investments for trading or speculative  purposes.  We invest  any  cash  in excess of our immediate
requirements in investments designed  to  preserve the  principal balance and provide  liquidity.
Accordingly, our cash is invested primarily in  demand deposit accounts that are  currently  providing only
a minimal return.

Cash Flows

Operating Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash used in  operating  activities of $11.7 million

consisted of a net loss of $29.0 million,  partially  offset by $13.8 million in non-cash items and  a
$3.5 million net cash inflow from changes  in working capital. Non-cash items consisted  of  non-cash
stock compensation charges of $7.5 million and  depreciation, amortization expense of $5.6  million and
an increase of $0.7 million related to the  change in the fair value of the Series D  redeemable
convertible preferred stock warrants prior  to  their  conversion to additional paid-in capital upon the
closing of the initial public offering. The  increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital
consisted of an increase in accrued expenses and  other current liabilities of $5.6 million  primarily  due
to higher accrued program marketing  costs, a  decrease in accounts receivable  of  $1.5 million, partially
offset by decreases in accounts payable  of $2.5 million, our rebate reserve of $0.9 million as  the
number of students who remained eligible  to  receive rebates decreased, and  other decreases of
$0.2 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in  operating  activities of $15.7 million
consisted of a net loss of $28.0 million,  reduced  by $7.6 million in  non-cash items and a $4.7  million
net cash  inflow from changes in working capital. Non-cash  items consisted primarily of depreciation and
amortization expense of $4.3 million and  non-cash stock compensation  charges  of  $2.4 million. The
increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital consisted primarily of an  increase in accrued
expenses and other current liabilities of  $5.0 million primarily due to higher  program marketing cost
accruals to support a greater number  of client programs, partially offset by other  net decreases of
$0.3 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in  operating  activities of $20.2 million
consisted of a net loss of $23.1 million,  reduced  by $4.3 million in  non-cash expenses and increased  by
a $1.4 million net cash outflow from  changes  in working capital. Non-cash  expenses consisted primarily
of depreciation and amortization expense of $2.9 million and non-cash stock  compensation  charges  of
$1.4 million. The decrease in cash resulting  from changes in working capital consisted primarily of a

65

$5.0 million decrease in deferred revenue  as our clients’ semesters  concluded and  a $0.3 million
increase in prepaid expenses and related party  receivables. These amounts were  partially  offset by a
decrease in accounts receivable of $1.1  million  driven by cash receipt timing differences, an increase  in
accounts payable of $1.3 million, an increase in the  accrual for expected refunds  of  $0.2 million and  an
increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of  $1.0 million  related to increased program
accruals as we supported a greater number of degree offerings.

Investing Activities

For the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012 net  cash used in  investing  activities was
$11.0 million, $7.6 million and $5.2 million, respectively.  In  each period, these  expenditures were largely
for equipment, internally developed software and asynchronous content developed for client  programs.

Financing Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2014,  net cash  provided  by financing  activities of $102.6 million,

consisting primarily of $100.3 million  in net proceeds from our initial public offering. In addition, we
received net cash of $2.3 million from the  exercise of stock options.

For the year ended December 31, 2013,  net cash  provided  by financing  activities was $5.1 million,

of which $5.0 million came from the issuance of redeemable convertible  preferred stock and
$0.3 million came from the exercise of stock  options. These proceeds were  partially offset by
$0.2 million used to repurchase shares  of common stock from a former employee.

For the year ended December 31, 2012,  net cash  provided  by financing  activities was $26.6 million,
of which $26.0 million came from the  issuance of our Series D redeemable convertible  preferred stock
and $0.6 million came from the exercise  of stock options.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

We  have non-cancelable operating leases for our office space, and  we  are also  contractually

obligated to make fixed payments to certain of our  university clients in exchange for  various intellectual
property and other rights.

We  have a $37.0 million line of credit from Comerica Bank  and Square 1  Bank. On  January 21,

2014, we borrowed $5.0 million under this  line of  credit and repaid  this borrowing in  full on
February 18, 2014. There have been no subsequent  borrowings  under  this line of credit, and therefore,
no amounts were outstanding as of December 31,  2014.

The following table summarizes our obligations under  non-cancelable operating leases and

commitments to certain of our clients  for various intellectual property and  other rights at December  31,
2014. Future events could cause actual  payments to differ  from these  amounts.

Contractual Obligations

Payment due by period

Total

Less than
1 year

1 - 3 years

3 - 5 years

More than
5 years

Operating lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payments to clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$11,005
5,400

$2,772
500

(in thousands)
$5,109
1,600

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$16,405

$3,272

$6,709

$2,630
600

$3,230

$ 494
2,700

$3,194

See Note 5 in the ‘‘Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements’’ included  in Part II, Item 8 and
‘‘Legal Proceedings’’ contained in Part  I, Item 3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional
information regarding contingencies.

66

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We  do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in  Item 303(a)(4)(ii)  of SEC

Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated  subsidiaries, structured  finance, special purpose
entities or variable interest entities.

Recent  Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2 in the ‘‘Notes to Consolidated  Financial Statements’’ included in Part II,  Item 8 of

this  Annual Report on Form 10-K for a  discussion  of  FASB’s  recent  accounting pronouncements and
their effect on us.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative  Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result  from

changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of  a  financial  instrument may  change as a
result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates,  commodity prices,  equity prices and other market
changes. Our exposure to market risk  related  to  changes in foreign currency exchange  rates  is deemed
low as further described below. In addition, we do not use derivative financial instruments for
speculative, hedging or trading purposes,  although  in the future we may enter into exchange rate
hedging arrangements to manage the risks described in  the succeeding paragraphs.

Interest Rate Risk

We  are subject to interest rate risk in connection with potential borrowings  available under our
$37.0 million bank line of credit procured in  December 2013. Borrowings under the  revolving line of
credit bear interest at variable rates. Increases in  the LIBOR or our lender’s  prime rate would increase
the amount of interest payable on any borrowings outstanding under  this  line of credit. On January  21,
2014, we borrowed $5.0 million under this  line of  credit and repaid  this borrowing in  full on
February 18, 2014. There have been no subsequent  borrowings  under  this line of credit, and therefore,
no amounts were outstanding as of December 31,  2014.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

All of our current client contracts are denominated in U.S.  dollars.  Therefore,  we have minimal, if

any, foreign currency exchange risk with  respect  to  our revenue.

We  have an office in Hong Kong for  program marketing and student support and incur expenses

related to its  operations. The functional  currency of this office is Hong Kong  Dollars, which exposes  us
to changes in foreign currency exchange  rates.  Hong  Kong  Dollar  currency rates have historically been
tied to the U.S. Dollar, however. In addition, because  of  the small size of our Hong Kong office and
the relatively nominal amount of our expenses  denominated in Hong Kong Dollars,  we do not expect
any material effect on our financial position or  results of operations from fluctuations in exchange
rates. However, our exposure to foreign currency  exchange risk may change  over time  as business
practices evolve, and if our exposure  increases, adverse movement  in foreign currency exchange rates
could have a material adverse impact  on our financial results.

Inflation

We  do not believe that inflation has  had a material  effect on  our business, financial condition or
results of operations. Through our pricing  model, we benefit from price increases implemented by our
clients, and we continue to monitor inflation-driven cost increases in  order to minimize their effects
through productivity improvements and  cost containment  efforts. If our costs were to become subject to
significant inflationary pressures, the price  increases implemented by our  clients, and our own pricing
strategies, might not fully offset the higher costs.  Our  inability  or failure  to  do  so could harm our
business, financial condition and results  of operations.

67

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2U, Inc.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting  Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31,  2014 and 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Operations  for the years ended December 31,  2014, 2013 and 2012 .

Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes  in  Stockholders’  Equity  (Deficit)  for  the  years  ended

December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  for  the years ended December  31, 2014,  2013 and 2012 .

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PAGE

69

70

71

72

73

74

68

Report of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
2U, Inc.:

We  have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 2U, Inc.  and subsidiary (the

Company) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and  the related consolidated  statements of operations,
changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of  the  years  in the three-year period
ended December 31, 2014. In connection with  our  audits of the consolidated  financial  statements,  we
also have audited financial statement  Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying  Accounts. These
consolidated financial statements and schedule are  the responsibility of the Company’s management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion  on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.

We  conducted our audits in accordance with the standards  of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those  standards require that we  plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether  the  financial  statements are free  of material misstatement.  An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures  in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting  principles used  and significant
estimates made by management, as well as  evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable  basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly,  in all
material respects, the financial position of  2U,  Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2014  and 2013,
and the results of their operations and  their cash flows for each of the years in  the three-year  period
ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  Also, in
our  opinion, the related financial statement schedule  when considered in relation to the  basic
consolidated financial statements taken  as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the
information set forth therein.

McLean, Virginia
February 26, 2015

/s/ KPMG LLP

69

2U, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share  amounts)

December 31,

2014

2013

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advance to clients, current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 86,929
350
—
2,709

$ 7,012
1,835
581
1,763

Total current assets

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized content development costs,  net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advance to clients, non-current
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other non-current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

89,988
6,755
13,155
1,675
1,466

11,191
5,231
8,904
—
3,326

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 113,039

$ 28,652

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and  stockholders’  equity (deficit)
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued expenses and other current  liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refunds payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rebate reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other non-current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

Redeemable convertible Series A preferred stock,  $0.001  par  value,  0 and  10,033,976

shares authorized,  issued and outstanding  as  of  December 31,  2014  and 2013,
respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Redeemable convertible Series B preferred stock, $0.001  par  value,  0  and 5,057,901
shares authorized,  issued and outstanding  as of  December  31, 2014  and 2013,
respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Redeemable convertible Series C preferred stock,  $0.001 par value, 0  and  4,429,601
shares authorized,  issued and outstanding  as of  December  31, 2014  and 2013,
respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Redeemable convertible Series D preferred  stock, $0.001  par  value,  0  shares  authorized,

issued and outstanding as of December 31,  2014; 4,069,352  shares authorized,
3,979,730 shares issued and outstanding as  of December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

Preferred stock, $0.001  par value, 5,000,000  shares authorized,  0  shares  issued  and

outstanding as of December 31, 2014;  0 shares  authorized,  issued and  outstanding  as
of December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000  shares  authorized,  40,735,069  shares  issued

and outstanding as of December 31, 2014; 60,000,000  shares  authorized,  7,629,133
shares issued and outstanding as of December  31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,293
17,138
1,906
2,431

23,768
639
621

25,028

$ 5,089
12,025
1,266
1,831

20,211
1,571
847

22,629

—

12,384

—

22,210

—

32,405

—

—

—

31,048

98,047

—

41
216,818
(128,848)

8
7,817
(99,849)

Total stockholders’  equity (deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

88,011

(92,024)

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible  preferred  stock  and stockholders’  equity (deficit) . .

$ 113,039

$ 28,652

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

70

2U, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share  amounts)

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Costs and expenses:

Servicing and support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology and content development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Program marketing and sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

$

110,239

$

83,127

$

55,879

26,858
22,621
65,218
23,420

22,718
19,472
54,103
14,840

14,926
8,299
45,390
10,342

78,957

Total costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

138,117

111,133

Loss from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense):

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loss before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preferred stock accretion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loss attributable to common stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loss per share attributable to common  stockholders,  basic

and diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and

$

$

(27,878)

(28,006)

(23,078)

(1,213)
92

(1,121)

(28,999)
—

(28,999)
(89)

27
26

53

(27,953)
—

(27,953)
(347)

(73)
38

(35)

(23,113)
—

(23,113)
(339)

(29,088) $ (28,300) $ (23,452)

(0.91) $

(3.81) $

(3.33)

diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32,075,107

7,432,055

7,037,090

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

71

2U, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’  Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

6,680,085
706,048

$ 6
1

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

$

3,817
610

Accumulated
Deficit

$ (48,673)
—

Total
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)

$ (44,850)
611

Balance, December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . .

7,386,133

Balance, December 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . .
Accretion of issuance costs on

redeemable convertible preferred
stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation expense . . . .
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . .
Repurchase of common shares . . . . . . .
Accretion of issuance costs on

redeemable convertible preferred
stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation expense . . . .
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1
290,604
(47,604) —

—
—
—

—
—
—

Balance, December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . .

7,629,133

Exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . .
Grant of common stock . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accretion of issuance costs on

redeemable convertible preferred
stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation expense . . . .
Conversion of redeemable convertible

940,642
5,000

—
—

preferred stock to  common stock . . .

23,501,208

Conversion of Series D warrants to

common stock warrants . . . . . . . . . .

—

Issuance of common stock from initial

public offering, net of issuance costs .

8,626,377

Exercise of warrants to purchase

common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32,709
—

—
—
—

7

—
—
—

8

1
—

—
—

23

—

9

—
—

(339)
1,395
—

5,483

324
(69)

(347)
2,426
—

7,817

2,281
55

(89)
7,527

98,113

821

100,293

—
—
(23,113)

(71,786)

—
(110)

—
—
(27,953)

(99,849)

—
—

—
—

—

—

—

(339)
1,395
(23,113)

(66,296)

325
(179)

(347)
2,426
(27,953)

(92,024)

2,282
55

(89)
7,527

98,136

821

100,302

—
—

—
(28,999)

—
(28,999)

Balance, December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . .

40,735,069

$41

$216,818

$(128,848)

$ 88,011

See accompanying notes to consolidated  financial statements.

72

2U, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of deferred financing costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in the fair value of the Series D redeemable convertible preferred

stock warrants prior to conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss on impairment and disposal of long-lived assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advances to clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related party receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refunds payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rebate reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash used in operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash flows from investing activities
Expenditures for property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized content development cost expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of offering costs . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from revolving line of credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment on revolving line of credit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repurchase of common shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock,

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

$ (28,999) $(27,953) $(23,113)

5,572
7,527
—

695
—

1,485
(1,094)
(946)
—
779
(2,565)
5,597
640
600
(932)
(44)

4,335
2,426
—

(33)
811

(1,587)
415
(939)
265
(1,384)
1,894
4,986
530
603
(320)
269

2,869
1,395
74

(22)
—

1,142
—
(24)
(265)
(133)
1,328
1,047
(5,002)
159
240
120

(11,685)

(15,682)

(20,185)

(3,803)
(7,150)
(29)

(10,982)

100,302
2,282
5,000
(5,000)
—

(2,367)
(5,213)
(56)

(7,636)

—
325
—
—
(179)

4,994

5,140

(2,275)
(2,578)
(362)

(5,215)

—
611
—
—
—

26,021

26,632

1,232
23,958

net of  issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

Net cash provided  by financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

102,584

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash  equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

79,917
7,012

(18,178)
25,190

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 86,929

$ 7,012

$ 25,190

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities
Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock . . . . . .
Accrued capital expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred offering costs  included in accounts payable and accrued expenses . . .
Issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant in

connection with  revolving line  of  credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common stock granted in exchange for consulting services received . . . . . . . .

$

89
557
—

—
55

$

$

347
216
1,057

107
—

339
40
—

—
—

See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

73

2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of the Business

2U, Inc. (the ‘‘Company’’) was incorporated  as 2Tor Inc. in the State of Delaware  in April 2008
and changed its name to 2U, Inc. on  October 11, 2012.  Under long-term agreements,  the Company
provides an integrated solution comprised  of  cloud-based software-as-a-service (‘‘SaaS’’),  fused with
technology-enabled services (together, the ‘‘Platform’’), that allows leading colleges and universities to
deliver high quality online degree programs, extending the universities’ reach  and distinguishing their
brands. The Company’s SaaS technology  consists of (i) a comprehensive learning environment (‘‘Online
Campus’’), which acts as the hub for  all student and  faculty academic and  social interaction, and
(ii) operations applications, which provide the  content management, admissions application processing,
customer relationship management, and  other functionality necessary to effectively operate the
Company’s clients’ programs.  The Company also provides a suite of  technology-enabled services that
support the complete lifecycle of a higher education program, including attracting students, advising
prospective students through the admissions application process, providing technical, success coaching
and other support, facilitating accessibility  to individuals with disabilities, and facilitating  in-program
field placements.

On April 2, 2014, the Company closed the  initial  public  offering  of its  common stock (‘‘IPO’’) in
which  the Company issued and sold 8,626,377 shares of its common stock, including the partial exercise
of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, at  an issuance price of $13.00 per share. The Company
received net proceeds of $100.3 million after deducting  underwriting discounts and commissions of
$7.8 million and other offering expenses of approximately $4.0 million. Upon the closing of the IPO, all
shares of the then-outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically converted into an
aggregate of 23,501,208 shares of common  stock, based on the shares of redeemable convertible
preferred stock outstanding as of April  2, 2014. In addition, the  outstanding Series D warrants
automatically converted into warrants to purchase common stock,  and  the preferred stock warrant
liability of $0.8 million as of April 2, 2014 was  reclassified  to  additional paid-in capital.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of  the Company and its
wholly-owned subsidiary and have been prepared in accordance with  United States generally accepted
accounting principles (‘‘U.S. GAAP’’). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements  in  accordance with U.S. GAAP requires  management to

make certain estimates and assumptions that  affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial
statements and accompanying notes.  On  an  ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates,
including those related to the useful  lives of long-lived assets, fair value measurement and income
taxes, among others. The Company bases  its estimates on  historical experience and on various other
assumptions that it believes to be reasonable,  the results of which form the basis for making judgments
about the carrying value of assets and liabilities. Actual  results could differ from those estimates.

74

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of  bank checking  and  money market accounts and investments  in

certificates of deposit that mature in less than three  months. The  Company considers all highly liquid
marketable securities with maturities  at  the time of purchase of three months  or less to be cash
equivalents, and they are carried at fair value.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

The Company recognizes revenue when  all of the  following  conditions  are met: (i) persuasive

evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) rendering of  services is complete, (iii) fees are fixed or
determinable and (iv) collection of fees is reasonably assured.

The Company primarily derives its revenue from long-term contracts that typically  range from 10
to 15 years in length. Under these contracts, the Company enables access to its Platform to its clients
and  their faculty and students. The Company is entitled  to a contractually specified percentage of net
program proceeds from its clients. These net program proceeds represent  gross proceeds billed by
clients to students, less credit card fees and other specified  charges  the Company  has agreed to exclude
in certain of its client contracts. A refund  allowance is established for the Company’s share of  tuition
and  fees ultimately uncollected by its  clients. The Company also offered rebates  to  a group of students
who enrolled in a specific client program between 2009 and 2011, which  the Company will pay  to  the
student if he or she completes the degree  and  certain post-graduation work  requirements within a
specified period of time. These rebates and refunds offset the net program proceeds recognized  as
revenue. Revenue is recognized ratably  over the service period,  which the Company defines as the first
through  the last day of classes for each  semester  in a client’s program. The Company invoices its clients
based on  enrollment reports that are  generated by its clients. In some instances,  these enrollment
reports are received prior to the conclusion of the drop/add period. In such cases, the Company
establishes a reserve against revenue, if  necessary,  based on its  estimate of  changes in enrollments
expected prior to the end of the drop/add period.

The Company generates substantially all  of its  revenue from multiple-deliverable contractual
arrangements with its clients. Under each of  these arrangements, the Company provides (i) access  to
Online Campus, which serves as a learning platform for its client’s faculty and students and  which also
enables a comprehensive range of other  client functions, (ii) access  to  operations  applications  which
provide the content management, admissions application processing,  customer relationship
management, and other functionality necessary to effectively  operate the Company’s clients’ programs
and  (iii) technology-enabled services that support the complete  lifecycle of  a higher education program,
including attracting students, advising prospective students through the admissions application process,
providing  technical,  success  coaching  and  other  support,  facilitating  accessibility  to  individuals  with
disabilities, and facilitating in-program  field placements.

In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-deliverable contractual  arrangement as separate units  of

accounting, deliverables must have standalone value upon delivery. The  technology-enabled services
within the Platform are provided primarily in  support of programs delivered through  Online Campus,
and  for students of the programs delivered through Online  Campus. Accordingly, the  Company has
determined that no individual deliverable has  standalone value upon delivery and, therefore,
deliverables within the Company’s multiple-deliverable arrangements do not qualify for treatment as

75

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

separate units of accounting. Accordingly, the Company considers all deliverables  to  be  a single  unit of
accounting and recognizes revenue from the entire  arrangement  over the term  of  the service period.

Advance payments are recorded as deferred revenue until  services are delivered or obligations  are

met, at which time revenue is recognized. Deferred revenue  as of a  particular balance sheet  date
represents the excess of amounts received  as compared to amounts  recognized in  revenue in  the
consolidated statements of operations as  of the  end  of  the reporting period,  and such amounts are
reflected  as a current liability on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as  incurred. The amounts expensed  for the  years  ended

December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were  not material.  The Company records  its  advertising costs as
program marketing and sales expense  in the  Company’s  consolidated  statements  of operations.

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts

receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities, approximate their
respective fair values due to their short-term  nature.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to  sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability  in an orderly transaction between  market  participants at the measurement  date, based on the
Company’s principal or, in the absence  of a  principal, most advantageous, market for the specific asset
or liability.

U.S. GAAP provides for a three-tier  fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and
liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring  basis, as well  as assets and liabilities measured at  fair
value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial  measurement. The fair value
hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs  when available, and to minimize the  use of
unobservable inputs when determining  fair value. The three tiers are defined  as follows:

(cid:127) Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted market prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or

liabilities in active markets;

(cid:127) Level 2—Observable inputs, other than quoted  prices in  active  markets, that  are  observable

either directly or indirectly in the marketplace for identical or  similar assets and liabilities;  and

(cid:127) Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or  no market data,  which require the
Company to develop its own assumptions  about  the assumptions market participants  would use
in pricing the asset or liability based on the  best information  available  in the circumstances.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value  on a Recurring Basis

The Company evaluates its financial assets  and  liabilities subject to fair value measurements  on a
recurring basis to determine the appropriate level  in which to classify them  for each reporting  period.

76

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

This determination requires significant  judgments to be made. The following tables summarize the
conclusions reached as of December 31,  2014 and 2013:

Assets:
Cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Liabilities:
Series D redeemable convertible preferred  stock  warrants . . . . . . .

Assets:
Cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Liabilities:
Series D redeemable convertible preferred  stock  warrants . . . . . . . .

Balance as of December 31, 2014

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

(in thousands)

$82,939

$82,939

$—

$—

$ — $ — $—

$—

Balance as of December 31, 2013

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

(in thousands)

$3,357

$3,357

$— $ —

$ 126

$ — $— $126

Prior to converting to common stock warrants upon the closing of  the  IPO on April 2, 2014, the

Company used an option pricing model  to determine the fair value of  the Series  D redeemable
convertible preferred stock warrants.  The  valuation  required the  input of  subjective assumptions,
including the risk-free interest rate, the value of  the underlying securities  and the expected stock price
volatility. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based  upon observed interest rates  for constant
maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with  the term of  the  warrants.  The expected  stock  price
volatility assumption was based on historical volatilities for  publicly traded  stock  of comparable
companies over the term of the warrants.  The  value  of  the underlying securities  assumption was  based
upon the market price of the Company’s  common stock as  the redeemable convertible preferred  stock
warrants became convertible into shares  of common stock upon closing of the  IPO.

Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following table presents the changes  in the Company’s  Level 3 instruments measured  at fair

value on  a recurring basis:

Balance as of December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Issuance of warrant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in fair value of warrant liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Series C
Series D
Warrant Warrants

(in thousands)
$—
—
—

$ 52
107
(33)

Balance as of December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in fair value of warrant liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .
Reclassification of warrant liability to additional paid-in capital

—
—

126
695
(821)

Balance as of December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$—

$ —

77

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are stated at realizable  value. The Company extends a  minimal amount of

uncollateralized credit to its clients. The  Company utilizes the allowance method to provide for
doubtful  accounts based on management’s evaluation of  the collectability  of  the amounts due. The
Company’s estimate is based on historical collection  experience  and a review of the  current status of
accounts receivable. Historically, actual write-offs for uncollectible accounts have not significantly
differed from the Company’s estimates. As  of  December  31,  2014 and 2013, the Company  determined
that no significant allowances for doubtful accounts were  necessary.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject the  Company to significant  concentrations of credit risk consist

primarily  of cash and cash equivalents and  accounts receivable. All  of the Company’s  cash is held at
financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The  Company’s bank
accounts exceed federally insured limits at  times. The Company  has not experienced any  losses on  cash
to date. To manage accounts receivable risk, the  Company evaluates  the creditworthiness  of its  clients
and  maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, if needed.

Three of the Company’s clients accounted for the following percentages of revenue  for the  periods

presented below:

Year Ended
December 31,

2014

2013

2012

Client A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Client B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Client C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

55% 69% 78%
16
14
12
13

15
7

Additionally, the Company’s largest client accounted  for 35%  and 51% of the Company’s accounts

receivable balance as of December 31,  2014 and 2013, respectively. Further, two  additional clients
accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts  receivable balance as of  December 31,  2014,
while one additional client accounted  for more than  10% of the Company’s accounts receivable  balance
as of  December 31, 2013.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at  cost less accumulated depreciation and  amortization.

Computer software is included in property and equipment and  consists of  internally-developed software.
Expenditures for major additions, construction and improvements are capitalized. Depreciation  and
amortization is expensed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful  lives of the related
assets, which range from three to five  years for computer hardware and five to seven years for furniture
and office equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a  straight-line basis over the lesser
of the remaining term of the leased facility or the estimated useful life of the  improvement, which
ranges from four to ten years. Useful  lives of significant  assets are periodically  reviewed and  adjusted
prospectively to reflect the Company’s  current estimates of the respective  assets’ expected utility.
Repair and maintenance costs are expensed  as incurred.

78

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The Company capitalizes certain costs  associated with internally-developed software, primarily
consisting of direct labor associated with creating  the software. Software development projects generally
include three stages: the preliminary  project stage (all costs are expensed  as incurred), the application
development stage (certain costs are capitalized  and certain costs  are expensed as  incurred) and  the
post-implementation/operation stage (all costs are expensed as incurred). Costs capitalized in the
application development stage include costs of designing the  application,  coding, integrating the
Company’s and the university’s networks and systems, and the testing of the software.  Capitalization of
costs requires judgment in determining  when a project  has  reached  the  application  development stage
and  the period over which the Company expects to benefit  from  the use of  that  software. Once the
software is placed in service, these costs are depreciated  on the straight-line method over the estimated
useful life of the software, which is generally three years. Internal software development  costs of
$2.3 million, $1.3 million and $1.1 million were capitalized during the years ended  December 31,  2014,
2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization expense related to  the capitalized  internally-developed
software was $1.4 million, $1.5 million  and  $0.9 million  for  the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013
and  2012, respectively, and is included in  technology and content development  costs in  the
accompanying consolidated statements  of operations. The net  book  value of capitalized internally-
developed software was $3.3 million and $2.4  million at  December 31, 2014  and 2013,  respectively.

Capitalized Content Development Costs

The Company works with each client’s  faculty members  to develop and  maintain educational
content that is delivered to their students through  Online Campus. The online content developed
jointly by the Company and its clients consists of subjects  chosen  and taught by clients’ faculty members
and  incorporates references and examples designed  to  remain relevant over  extended periods of time.
Online delivery of the content, combined with live, face-to-face  instruction,  provides the Company  with
rapid  user feedback that it uses to make  ongoing corrections, modifications  and improvements to the
course content. The Company’s clients retain all intellectual  property rights  to  the developed content,
although the Company retains the rights to the content  packaging and delivery mechanisms. Much of
the Company’s new content development  uses proven  delivery  platforms  and is therefore primarily
subject-specific in nature. As a result, a significant portion  of  content development  costs qualify for
capitalization due to the focus of the  Company’s  development efforts on the unique subject  matter of
the content. Similar to on-campus programs  offered by  the Company’s clients, the  online  degree
programs enabled by the Company offer numerous courses for each degree. The  Company therefore
capitalizes its development costs on a course-by-course basis.  As students must matriculate  into  a client
program in order to take a course, revenues and  identifiable cash flows  are also measured at the client
program level.

The Company develops content on a course-by-course  basis  in conjunction  with the faculty for
each client program. The clients and  their faculty  generally  provide course  outlines  in the form  of  the
curriculum, required textbooks, case studies and  other reading  materials,  as well  as presentations  that
are typically used in the on-campus setting. The Company is then responsible for, and  incurs all of the
expenses  related to, the conversion of the materials provided by each client into a  format suitable for
delivery through Online Campus.

The content development costs that qualify for capitalization are third-party direct costs,  such as

videography, editing and other services  associated  with creating digital content.  Additionally,  the
Company capitalizes internal payroll and payroll-related costs incurred to create  and produce videos

79

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

and  other digital content utilized in the clients’ programs  for  delivery via  Online Campus.
Capitalization ends when content has been fully developed by both the  Company and the client,  at
which time amortization of the capitalized content development costs  begins. The capitalized costs are
recorded on a course-by-course basis and included in  capitalized  content costs on the consolidated
balance sheets. These costs are amortized using  the straight-line method over the estimated  useful life
of the respective capitalized content program, which is  generally five years. The estimated useful  life
corresponds with the Company’s planned curriculum refresh rate.  This  refresh  rate is consistent with
expected curriculum refresh rates as cited by program faculty members for similar on-campus  programs.
It is reasonably possible that developed  content could be refreshed before  the estimated useful  lives are
complete.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets,  which consist of  property and equipment and capitalized
content development costs, for impairment whenever events  or  changes in circumstances  indicate  the
carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability  of a  long-lived asset is measured  by  a
comparison of the carrying value of an asset or asset group to the  future undiscounted  net cash  flows
expected to be generated by that asset or asset group. If such assets are  not  recoverable, the
impairment to be recognized is measured by  the amount by  which the  carrying value of an asset
exceeds the estimated fair value (discounted cash  flow) of the asset or asset group.  In order to assess
the recoverability of the capitalized content  development costs, the costs  are grouped by program,
which is the lowest level of independent cash flows.  The  Company’s impairment analysis is  based upon
forecasted financial and operational results. The actual results  could vary from the Company’s forecasts,
especially in relation to recently launched programs.  For the years ended December 31, 2014 and  2012,
no impairment of long-lived assets was  deemed  to  have occurred.  In December  2013, the Company
evaluated the recoverability of its capitalized  assets and determined  that the estimated carrying value  of
one asset group exceeded its net realizable value.  The Company determined  that  these capitalized
amounts were not recoverable, performed an impairment assessment  and  recorded an impairment
charge of $0.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2013.

Other Non-Current Assets

Other non-current assets consist primarily  of intangible  assets associated with the Company’s
registered domain names and security deposits on leased office facilities. Additional other non-current
assets consist of deferred financing costs which were incurred by  the Company directly in connection
with obtaining its revolving line of credit. These  deferred  financing  costs are amortized over a  useful
life equal to the term of the underlying line of credit.  Until  April 2, 2014, other non-current assets also
consisted of costs the Company deferred which were incurred directly  in connection with its IPO. These
deferred IPO costs partially offset the cash proceeds  received from the IPO.

80

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Total other non-current assets consisted  of  the following as of:

Deferred IPO Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred financing costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other non-current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,

2014

2013

(in thousands)
$ — $1,781
634
911

317
1,149

Total other non-current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,466

$3,326

Refunds Payable

The Company records a refunds payable liability related  to the amounts  owed to clients as a  result

of students defaulting on their payments to clients. The Company  may receive its portion  of net
program proceeds prior to a client collecting the  full amount of tuition and applicable fees from its
students. The Company calculates the  refunds payable liability by  estimating the  future amounts owed
to a client resulting from non-payment by students.  The Company’s estimate is based on  historical
collection experience, market and income trends, and a review of the client’s  accounts receivable aging.

Rebate Reserve

The Company has recorded a rebate  reserve liability that  results from  having offered students who

first enrolled in a specific Master of Arts in Teaching program between April 2009 and June 2011 a
rebate if they complete their degree and teach in  a designated  low-income school  district for five
consecutive years within the first six years after  graduation. The  Company accounts for the rebate
reserve  as a contingent sales incentive  and has recorded  a rebate  reserve liability to recognize  the
obligation to rebate amounts to students who satisfactorily complete the  rebate requirements.

Advances to Clients

The Company is contractually obligated to pay advances to  certain  of  its  clients in  order  to  fund
start-up  expenses of the program on  behalf of the  client. Advances to clients  are stated at realizable
value. The advances are repaid to the Company on terms as required in the respective  agreements. The
Company recognizes imputed interest  income  on these advance payments when there is a  significant
amount of imputed interest.

Comprehensive Loss

The Company’s net loss equals comprehensive loss for all periods presented  as the Company  has

no material components of other comprehensive income.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards  based on the fair value of the  award

as of  the grant date. For awards subject to service-based vesting  conditions, the Company  recognizes
stock-based compensation expense on a  straight-line basis  over the awards’ requisite service period,
adjusted for estimated forfeitures. For awards subject  to  both  performance and service-based vesting

81

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

conditions, the Company recognizes stock-based  compensation expense using  an accelerated  recognition
method when it is probable that the performance condition  will be achieved.

See  Note 10 for a discussion of assumptions  used  in calculating the fair value of stock options.

Basic and Diluted Loss per Common Share

The Company uses the two-class method  to  compute net  loss per common share because the
Company has issued securities, other than  common stock, that contractually entitle the holders  to
participate in dividends and earnings of the  Company. The two-class  method requires  earnings for the
period  to be allocated between common stock  and  participating securities based  upon their respective
rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. Holders of each  series of the Company’s
redeemable convertible preferred stock (prior to their  conversion  to  common stock)  were entitled to
participate in distributions, when and if declared  by the  board of  directors, that are made  to  common
stockholders, and as a result are considered participating securities.

Under the two-class method, for periods  with net income, basic  net  income  per  common share is

computed by dividing the net income attributable  to  common stockholders by the  weighted-average
number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net  income attributable to common
stockholders is computed by subtracting from net income the  portion of current year  earnings that the
participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to their dividend rights  had all of
the year’s earnings been distributed. No  such  adjustment to earnings  is made during periods with  a net
loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no  obligation to fund losses. Diluted net  loss per
common share is computed under the two-class method  by using the weighted-average number  of
shares of common stock outstanding, plus, for  periods with net income attributable to common
stockholders, the potential dilutive effects of stock options and warrants. In addition,  the Company
analyzes the potential dilutive effect of  the outstanding participating securities under the ‘‘if-converted’’
method when calculating diluted earnings  per  share, in which it is assumed  that  the outstanding
participating securities convert into common stock  at the  beginning  of  the period. The Company
reports the more dilutive of the approaches (two-class or ‘‘if-converted’’) as its diluted net income per
share during the period. Due to net losses  for the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and  2012,
basic  and diluted loss per share were  the same, as  the effect  of potentially dilutive securities  would
have  been anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting  Standards Board (‘‘FASB’’) issued ASU No. 2013-11,
Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a  Net Operating  Loss  Carryforward, a Similar Tax  Loss,
or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists, which is effective for interim or annual periods  beginning  after
December 15, 2013. This guidance provides financial statement  presentation guidance on whether an
unrecognized tax benefit must be presented as either  a reduction to a deferred tax  asset or separately
as a liability. The Company adopted  this new guidance on January 1, 2014 and the adoption did not
have a material impact on the Company’s financial  condition, results of operations or disclosures.

82

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU  No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers,
which  requires an entity to recognize the  amount  of revenue  to  which it expects to be entitled for the
transfer of promised goods or services  to  customers. The ASU will  replace most  existing revenue
recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when  it becomes effective. The new standard is effective for the
Company on January 1, 2017. Early application is not  permitted. The standard permits the use of either
the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method.  The  Company is  evaluating  the effect that
ASU No. 2014-09  will have on its consolidated financial  statements and related disclosures. The
Company has not yet selected a transition  method nor has it  determined  the effect of the  standard on
its  ongoing financial reporting.

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of  the following as of (in thousands):

December 31,

2014

2013

Internally-developed software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture and office equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,820
3,016
1,104
1,801

$ 5,516
2,082
774
1,494

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13,741
(6,986)

9,866
(4,635)

Property and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 6,755

$ 5,231

Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment was $2.4 million,  $2.1 million

and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012,  respectively.

4. Capitalized Content Development Costs

Capitalized content development costs  consisted of the  following  as of (in thousands):

Capitalized content development costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized content development costs  in process . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$16,835
3,699
(7,379)

$11,816
1,961
(4,873)

Capitalized content development costs,  net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$13,155

$ 8,904

December 31,

2014

2013

The Company recorded amortization  expense related to capitalized content development costs of

$3.2 million, $2.2 million and $1.5 million  for the years ended December 31,  2014, 2013 and 2012,
respectively.

83

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

4. Capitalized Content Development Costs (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014, the estimated future  amortization expense  for the capitalized content

development costs is as follows (in thousands):

2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$3,017
2,577
1,983
1,426
453

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$9,456

5. Commitments and Contingencies

Line of Credit

On April 5, 2012, the Company secured  a revolving  line of credit  from  a bank for an aggregate
borrowing base not to exceed $10.0 million. The Company never borrowed under this line  of  credit. On
December  31,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  new  credit  agreement  which  replaced  its  prior  line  of
credit with a new revolving line of credit  with an  aggregate  borrowing base not to exceed $37.0 million.
On January 21, 2014, the Company borrowed $5.0 million under this line of  credit and repaid this
borrowing in full on February 18, 2014; therefore, no amounts  were outstanding  as of December 31,
2014. Under this revolving line of credit, the  Company has  the option  of borrowing funds subject to
(i) a  base  rate,  which  is  equal  to  1.5%  plus  the  greater  of  Comerica  Bank’s  prime  rate,  the  federal
funds  rate plus 1% or the 30 day LIBOR  plus 1%, or  (ii) LIBOR plus 2.5%.  For amounts  borrowed
under the base rate, the Company may make interest-only payments quarterly,  and may  prepay such
amounts  with  no  penalty.  For  amounts  borrowed  under  LIBOR,  the  Company  makes  interest-only
payments in periods of one, two and  three months  and will be subject  to  a prepayment penalty if such
borrowed amounts are repaid before  the end of the  interest period.

Borrowings  under  the  line  of  credit  are  collateralized  by  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  assets.

The availability of borrowings under  this credit line  is subject to compliance with  reporting and
financial covenants, including, among other things, that the Company  achieves specified  minimum
three-month  trailing  revenue  levels  during  the  term  of  the  agreement  and  specified  minimum  six-month
trailing  profitability levels for some client  programs, measured quarterly. In addition, the Company  is
required  to  maintain  a  minimum  adjusted  quick  ratio,  which  measures  short  term  liquidity,  of  at  least
1.10 to 1.00.

The  covenants  under  the  line  of  credit  also  place  limitations  on  the  Company’s  ability  to  incur
additional indebtedness or to prepay permitted indebtedness, grant liens on or  security interests in its
assets,  carry  out  mergers  and  acquisitions,  dispose  of  assets,  declare,  make  or  pay  dividends,  make
capital  expenditures  in  excess  of  specified  amounts,  make  investments,  loans  or  advances,  enter  into
transactions with affiliates, amend or modify the  terms of material contracts, or  change  its  fiscal  year.  If
the  Company  is  not  in  compliance  with  the  covenants  under  the  line  of  credit,  after  any  opportunity  to
cure such non-compliance, or it otherwise  experiences an event of default  under the  line of credit, the
lenders may require repayment in full  of  all principal and interest outstanding.  If the Company fails  to
repay  such  amounts,  the  lenders  could  foreclose  on  the  assets  pledged  as  collateral  under  the  line  of
credit.  The  Company  is  currently  in  compliance  with  all  such  covenants.

84

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

5. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Legal Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings or  other contingencies
in the  ordinary course of its business. The  Company is not presently  involved in any legal  proceeding or
other  contingency that, if determined  adversely to it, would individually or in the aggregate have a
material adverse effect on its business, operating results,  financial condition or cash flows.  Accordingly,
the Company does not believe that there  is a reasonable  possibility that a material loss exceeding
amounts already recognized may have  been  incurred as of the date of the balance sheets presented
herein.

Program Marketing and Sales Commitments

Certain of the agreements entered into between the Company and its clients require  the Company

to commit to meet certain staffing and  spending investment thresholds related  to  program marketing
and  sales activities. In addition, one of these agreements requires the Company to invest up  to  agreed
upon  levels  in  marketing  this  program  to  achieve  specified  program  performance.  The  Company
believes it is currently in compliance with all  such commitments.

Operating Leases

The Company leases office facilities under non-cancelable operating leases in California, New

York, Maryland, North Carolina and Hong Kong.  The Company also leases furniture and office
equipment under non-cancelable leases.  As of December 31, 2014, the future  minimum lease payments
(net of aggregate expected sublease payments of $0.6 million)  were as follows  (in  thousands):

2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2,772
2,643
2,466
1,809
821
494

Total future minimum lease payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$11,005

The future minimum lease payments  due  under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements
contain fixed rent increases over the  term  of  the lease. Rent  expense on these  operating leases  is
recognized over the term of the lease  on a straight-line basis. The excess of rent expense over  future
minimum lease payments due has been  reported in other  non-current liabilities in  the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets. The deferred rent liability related to these leases totaled $0.5 million  and
$0.5 million as of December 31, 2014 and  2013, respectively.

Total rent expense (net of sublease income  of $0.3 million, $0.3  million and $0.3  million) for the

years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $2.6  million, $2.1 million  and $1.7  million,
respectively.

85

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

5. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Payments to Clients

The Company is contractually obligated  to  make fixed payments to certain of its clients in

exchange for various intellectual property and other rights. As  of  December  31, 2014, the  future
minimum payments to the Company’s  clients for  intellectual property and other rights were as  follows
(in thousands):

2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 500
800
800
300
300
2,700

Total  future  minimum  payments  to  clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$5,400

6. Income Taxes

The components of loss before income taxes for the years ended  December 31 were  as follows (in

thousands):

Domestic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(28,999) $(27,953) $(23,113)

Total loss before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(28,999) $(27,953) $(23,113)

2014

2013

2012

A reconciliation between the Company’s statutory  federal income  tax rate and the effective tax

rate for the years ended December 31,  is  as follows:

U.S. statutory federal income tax  rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increase (decrease) resulting from:

2014

2013

2012

35.0% 35.0% 35.0%

U.S. state income taxes, net of federal benefits . . . . . . . . . .
Non-deductible expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.8
(2.8)
(32.4)
(5.6)

7.3
(2.1)
(39.9)
(0.3)

5.3
(2.1)
(38.1)
(0.1)

Effective tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

86

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

6. Income Taxes (Continued)

The significant components of the Company’s  deferred tax assets  and  liabilities  as of December 31

are as follows (in thousands):

2014

2013

Deferred tax assets:

Accrued expenses and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rebate reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred rent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net operating loss carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 3,556
264
212
2,782
46,264
(44,309)

$ 1,501
677
211
797
37,874
(34,921)

Total deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 8,769

$ 6,139

Deferred tax liabilities:

Prepaid expenses and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized content development costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized software development costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (1,344) $
(5,439)
(1,346)
(640)

(462)
(3,841)
(1,034)
(802)

Total deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (8,769) $ (6,139)

Net deferred tax assets/liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

— $

—

Income taxes are accounted for under the  asset and liability method, which requires the

recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences  of  events that
are included in the financial statements.  Deferred  tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability
assessments. Recognition of deferred  tax  assets is appropriate  only  if the  likelihood of realization of
such assets is more likely than not to occur. At December 31, 2014 and 2013,  the Company had federal
net operating loss (‘‘NOL’’) carryforwards of  approximately  $123.4 million and $86.0 million,
respectively,  which  expire  between  2029  and  2034.  The  gross  amount  of  the  state  NOL  carryforwards  is
equal  to  or  less  than  the  federal  NOL  carryforwards  and  expires  over  various  periods  based  on
individual state tax laws. A full valuation allowance has been established to offset the net deferred tax
assets. The total increase in the valuation  allowance was $9.4 million for the year ended December 31,
2014, as the Company has not generated taxable income since inception and  does not have  sufficient
deferred  tax  liabilities  to  recover  the  deferred  tax  assets.  The  utilization  of  the  NOL  carryforwards  to
reduce future income taxes will depend  on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable  income
prior to the expiration of the NOL carryforwards. In addition,  a  certain portion  of  the above  NOL
carryforwards may  be subject to Internal Revenue Code  section 382 limitations, which may  limit  their
future use.

87

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

6. Income Taxes (Continued)

The  Company  completed  an  analysis  of  the  stock  ownership  changes  through  April 30,  2014,  and

determined that there has not been an ownership  change prior to that  date. However, the Company
has not completed an analysis to determine  what, if  any,  impact any ownership change after April 30,
2014  has  had  on  the  ability  to  utilize  NOL  carryforwards.  The  Company  has  experienced  a  number  of
transactions subsequent to April 30, 2014, which  could lead to a limitation  of its  NOL carryforwards
under section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company intends to complete a  study through
December 31,  2014,  regarding  this  limitation  in  the  next  twelve  months.  It  is  reasonably  possible  that
the results of the study will reduce the  reported NOL carryforwards  and other  deferred tax assets.

The Company has estimated its annual effective tax rate for the full fiscal year 2014 and 2013 and
applied that rate to its income before  income  taxes in determining  its provision for income taxes. The
Company also recorded discrete items in each respective period as appropriate. The Company’s
effective tax rate for the years ended  December 31,  2014 and  2013 was 0%.

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740-10  to  uncertain tax  positions. ASC  740-10 clarifies

accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum  probability threshold that a  tax position must
meet before a financial statement benefit  is recognized. If the probability for sustaining a  tax position is
greater than 50%, then the tax position is warranted and recognition  should be at the highest  amount
which would be expected to be realized upon settlement.  The Company did not identify any  tax
positions that would be required for inclusion in  the financial statements. As  of December  31, 2014, the
Company had not made any changes to its tax positions since December 31,  2013.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax  positions in income tax
expense. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company  had no accrued interest or penalties related
to uncertain tax positions.

The Company has analyzed its filing positions in  all significant federal, state and  foreign
jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as open tax  years  in these
jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is  no longer subject  to  U.S. federal, state  and local tax
examinations by tax authorities for the years prior to 2010,  though the  NOL carryforwards  can be
adjusted upon audit and could impact taxes owed  in open tax years. No income tax  returns are
currently under examination by the taxing authorities.

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The following table summarizes the Company’s issuances  of  redeemable  convertible preferred

stock:

Issue Date

June 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
February 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
January 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Series

Series A
Series B
Series C
Series D
Series D

Purchase
Price per
Share

$1.27
$4.46
$7.34
$7.81
$7.81

Number of
Shares

10,033,976
5,057,901
4,429,601
3,339,902
639,828

Conversion
Price per
Share

$1.27
$4.46
$7.34
$7.81
$7.81

Series A, Series B, Series C and Series  D redeemable convertible preferred stock are collectively

referred to as the ‘‘Preferred Stock’’ and  individually as the ‘‘Series A,’’ ‘‘Series B,’’ ‘‘Series  C’’ and

88

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

‘‘Series D.’’ Each of the purchase prices per share  above is  referred to as  the Original  Issue Price,  and
excludes the cost of issuance. Any costs  incurred in  connection  with the  issuance  of  the various classes
of Preferred Stock have been recorded as a reduction of  the carrying amount of the  Preferred  Stock
and  were accreted through a charge to additional paid-in capital through  April 2, 2014.

Summary of Activity

The following table presents a summary of  activity for the redeemable convertible preferred  stock

issued  and outstanding for the periods  presented below:

Balance, December 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred

stock net of issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable

convertible preferred stock . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred

stock net of issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable

convertible preferred stock . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Series A

Series B

Series C

Series D

Total
Amount

$ 12,105

$ 21,927

(in thousands)
$ 32,314

$

— $ 66,346

—

139

—

141

—

45

26,021

26,021

14

339

12,244

22,068

32,359

26,035

92,706

—

140

—

142

—

46

4,994

4,994

19

347

12,384

22,210

32,405

31,048

98,047

convertible preferred stock . . . . . . . . . . . . .

36

36

12

5

89

Conversion of preferred stock into common

stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(12,420)

(22,246)

(32,417)

(31,053)

(98,136)

Balance, December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

— $

— $

— $

— $

—

Redemption Rights

The Preferred Stock shares were redeemable at the election of the Preferred  Stock holders. On
April 3, 2012, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to change
the earliest possible Preferred Stock  redemption date to any date  after June  19, 2016, but within ninety
days after the receipt of a written request  from at  least 75% of the holders  of  the outstanding shares of
the respective series of Preferred Stock.  Upon  closing  of  the  Company’s IPO  on April 2, 2014,  all
outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically converted into an aggregate
of 23,501,208 shares of common stock.  No shares of redeemable convertible  preferred stock were
authorized, issued or outstanding at December 31, 2014. As of December 31,  2013, the redemption
values of the Series A, B, C, and D Preferred Stock were  $12.7 million, $22.6 million, $32.5 million and
$31.1 million, respectively.

89

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

Conversion Rights

The Preferred Stock was convertible, at the option of  the holder, into shares  of  common stock at a

ratio equal to the Original Issue Price for such series divided by the conversion price  for such series.
Each series was convertible on a one-for-one basis. The conversion price  for each series  of Preferred
Stock was subject to adjustment in the event of any stock  dividend, stock  split, combination of shares,
reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification  or  similar event.

Additionally, each share of Preferred Stock would automatically convert into common stock,  at the
then-current conversion price for such series,  upon  the earliest to occur of (i)  immediately prior  to  the
closing of a public offering of shares of  the Company’s common stock resulting  in a deemed  total
market valuation for the Company of $330 million, based on  the public offering price, and  which
results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company  of  not  less than $50 million, or (ii) the date
specified by vote or written consent of  (a) the  holders of at least  662⁄3% of the voting power of the
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a class,  (b) the  holders of at  least  a
majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series  B Preferred Stock, voting together as a
class, (c) the holders of at least 60%  of the  voting power of  the outstanding shares of Series  C
Preferred Stock, voting together as a  class, and (d) the holders of at least  60% of the voting power of
the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a class.

Voting Rights

The holders of the Preferred Stock were entitled to the number  of  votes equal to the  number of
shares of common stock into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible.  Certain transactions
and actions required a minimum voting consent of the holders of the shares  of the outstanding
Preferred Stock, as set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

The holders of the common stock have the  right to one vote  per  share.

Dividend Rights

The holders of the Preferred Stock were entitled to receive dividends on  a pari passu basis on each

outstanding share of preferred stock  (subject  to  adjustment  in the event  of  any stock  splits, stock
dividends, reclassifications or similar  events), payable in preference and priority to any  declaration or
payment of any dividend on the common  stock of  the Company. As of December 31, 2013,  the
dividends were payable at the rate of (i) $0.101512 per share  per  year on each outstanding share of
Series A Preferred Stock; (ii) $0.356896 per share per year  on each outstanding share of Series B
Preferred Stock; (iii) $0.587307 per share per year on each outstanding  share of Series C Preferred
Stock; and (iv) $0.625168 per share per year  on each outstanding share  of  Series D Preferred Stock.
The dividends were payable when and  if declared  by  the board of directors  and are  noncumulative.  No
dividends were declared on the Preferred  Stock  through April  2, 2014.

The holders of the common stock are entitled to receive dividends if and when  declared  by  the

Company, but not until all dividends  on the  Preferred Stock had been either paid  or declared and  the
Company had set aside the funds to  pay those  dividends  declared.

90

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or
involuntary (each, a ‘‘Liquidation Event’’), the  holders of Series B,  Series C, and Series  D were entitled
to receive in preference to the holders  of Series A an amount per share equal  to  the respective
Original lssue Price plus any declared and unpaid  dividends.

If the  assets of the Company were insufficient to make  payment  in full, the  assets would be
distributed ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which the respective  stockholders  would
otherwise be entitled. Thereafter, the holders  of  Series A shares  were entitled to receive an amount per
share equal to the Series A Original  lssue Price plus  all declared and unpaid dividends.

After the payment of the full liquidation  preferences of the preferred  Stock as  set forth above,  the
remaining assets of the Company available for distribution in  such Liquidation Event, if  any, were to be
distributed ratably to the holders of the Common  Stock.

8. Common Stock and Preferred Stock Reserved  for Future  Issuance

Immediately upon the closing of the IPO on April 2, 2014,  the Company’s certificate of
incorporation was amended and restated to, among  other things, authorize  200,000,000 shares  of
common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of December 31,  2014, the Company  was
authorized to issue 205,000,000 total  shares of capital stock, consisting  of 200,000,000 shares of
common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. At December 31, 2014,  the Company had
reserved a total of 7,802,706 of its authorized shares  of  common stock for future issuance as follows:

Outstanding stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Possible  future  issuance  under  equity  incentive  plans
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outstanding restricted stock units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,850,211
959,830
992,665

Total common shares reserved for future issuance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,802,706

9. Warrants

In connection with the line of credit secured in April 2012,  the Company issued  a warrant to
purchase 12,797 shares of the Company’s  Series D redeemable  convertible preferred  stock  with an
exercise price of $7.81 per share and  an expiration date in 2022.  The  warrant was valued  at
$74 thousand on the date of grant and at $19 thousand as of December 31, 2013.

In connection with the line of credit secured in December 2013, the Company issued a warrant to

purchase 71,021 shares of the Company’s  Series D redeemable  convertible preferred  stock  with an
exercise price of $7.81 per share and  an expiration date in 2023.  The  warrant was valued  at
$107 thousand as of December 31, 2013.

As of December 31, 2013, each of the Series D warrants  were classified as a liability in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets and adjusted  to  fair value due to the fact  that  they were
exercisable into redeemable convertible preferred  securities.

Upon the closing of the Company’s IPO  on April 2, 2014,  the warrants to purchase Series D

redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically converted  into warrants to purchase common

91

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

9. Warrants (Continued)

stock and the liability at its then fair  value of $821 thousand was reclassified to additional paid-in
capital. Prior to April 2, 2014, the inputs to the fair value model for the warrants were  considered
Level 3 inputs under ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, and all changes in the fair
value of the warrants were recorded  as a component of interest  expense.  The Company  recorded
interest expense of $695 thousand for  the  year  ended December 31, 2014 and  reductions of interest
expense of $33 thousand and $22 thousand for  the years ended  December 31,  2013 and 2012,
respectively, related to the fair value  adjustment of the  warrants.

On May 22, 2014, the holder of the warrants issued a notice of exercise to the Company to
purchase 83,818 shares of common stock. In  lieu of payment of the exercise price, the  Company
withheld from issuance a number of shares  equal to the full exercise price  divided by the  price per
share of the Company’s common stock as  measured on  a volume weighted-average price basis over the
10-day trading period immediately prior to May 22,  2014. Consequently,  the exercise of the  warrants
resulted in the issuance of 32,709 shares  of  the Company’s common stock to the holder  of  the warrants,
which  represents a non-cash financing activity for  purposes  of  the consolidated statement of cash flows.

10. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company provides equity-based  compensation awards to employees, non-employees and
directors  for  the  purpose  of  providing  an  effective  means  for  attracting,  retaining  and  motivating  such
individuals, and to provide them with incentives  to  exert maximum efforts  for the  success of the
Company,  and  provide  a  means  by  which  they  may  benefit  from  increases  in  value  of  the  Company’s
common stock. The Company maintains  two share-based  compensation plans: the 2014 Equity
Incentive  Plan  (the  ‘‘2014  Plan’’)  and  the  2008  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (the  ‘‘2008  Plan’’).  Upon  the
effective date of the 2014 Plan in January 2014, the Company ceased using  the 2008 Plan to grant new
equity awards, and began using the 2014  Plan for grants of new equity awards.

2014 Plan

In  February  2014,  the  Company’s  stockholders  approved  the  2014  Plan.  The  2014  Plan  provides  for

the grant of incentive stock options to the Company’s  employees  and  its parent and subsidiary
corporations’ employees, and for the grant  of nonstatutory stock options,  restricted stock  awards,
restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, performance  stock awards and  other forms of
stock  compensation  to  the  Company’s  employees,  consultants  and  directors.  The  2014  Plan  also
provides for the grant of performance  cash awards to the Company’s employees, consultants and
directors.

Authorized Shares. A total of 2,800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were  initially
reserved for issuance pursuant to the  2014 Plan. In addition, the  shares reserved  for issuance under the
2014 Plan include  (a) those shares reserved but unissued under the  2008 Plan, and  (b) shares returned
to the 2008 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided  that  the maximum
number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to (a) and (b)  is 5,943,348  shares). The
number of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be issued  under  the 2014 Plan will
automatically increase on January 1st of each  year, for  a period of ten years, from  January 1, 2015
continuing through January 1, 2024, by  5%  of  the total number of shares of the Company’s common
stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year,  or  a lesser number of shares as
may be  determined by the Company’s board  of directors.

92

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

In  addition,  shares  subject  to  outstanding  stock  awards  granted  under  the  2008  Plan  and  2014  Plan

that (i) expire or terminate for any reason  prior to exercise or  settlement; (ii) are forfeited because of
the  failure  to  meet  a  contingency  or  condition  required  to  vest  such  shares  or  otherwise  return  to  the
Company; or (iii) are reacquired, withheld (or not  issued) to satisfy a  tax  withholding obligation  in
connection with an award or to satisfy  the purchase price  or exercise price of a stock  award,  return  to
the  2014  Plan’s  share  reserve  and  become  available  for  future  grant  under  the  2014  Plan,  up  to  the
maximum number of shares of 5,943,348.

As  of  December  31,  2014,  the  Company  had  959,830  shares  reserved  for  issuance  under  the  2014
Plan. Further, as of December 31, 2014, under the 2014  Plan, options to purchase 1,197,741 shares of
the Company’s common stock were outstanding at  a weighted-average exercise price  of $11.28 per
share and 992,665 restricted stock units were outstanding. On January 1,  2015, the  shares available for
issuance increased by 2,036,503 pursuant to the  automatic share reserve increase  provision under the
2014 Plan.

2008 Plan

In October 2008, the Company’s stockholders  approved the Company’s 2008 Plan. The 2008  Plan

was most recently amended on May 8,  2013. The 2008 Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock
options to the Company’s employees and  the employees  of  the  Company’s subsidiaries, and for  the
grant  of nonstatutory stock options, restricted  stock awards  and deferred stock awards  to  the
Company’s  employees,  directors  and  consultants.  Upon  the  effective  date  of  the  2014  Plan,  the
Company ceased using the 2008 Plan to grant new  equity awards, and began using the 2014 Plan  for
grants of new equity awards. Accordingly,  as of January 30, 2014,  no shares were  available for future
grant  under the 2008 Plan. However, the 2008 Plan will continue to govern  the terms and conditions of
outstanding awards granted thereunder.

As of December 31, 2014, options to purchase 4,652,470  shares  of the Company’s common stock

were outstanding under the 2008 Plan  at a  weighted-average exercise price  of $3.87 per share.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock-based  awards is  included  in the following line

items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations:

Servicing and support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology and content development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Program marketing and sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(in thousands)
$ 364
159
178
1,725

$ 180
43
162
1,010

$1,468
794
676
4,589

Total stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . .

$7,527

$2,426

$1,395

93

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

Stock Options

The terms of stock option grants, including  the exercise price per share and vesting  periods,  are
determined by the  Company’s board of directors or  the compensation committee  thereof. Stock options
are granted at exercise prices of not less than the estimated fair  market  value of the  Company’s
common stock at the date of grant. Stock options are generally  subject to service-based  vesting
conditions and vest at various times from the  date of  the grant,  with most options  vesting  in tranches,
generally  over a period of four years. Stock options granted under the 2014 Plan  and the  2008 Plan are
subject  to service-based vesting conditions,  and generally  expire ten years from the grant  date.

The Company values stock options using the Black-Scholes-Merton  option pricing model, which
requires the input of subjective assumptions,  including the risk-free  interest rate, expected life of the
option, expected stock price volatility and dividend yield. Additionally, the recognition of expense
requires estimation of the number of options that will ultimately vest and those that will be forfeited.
The Company estimates the expected forfeitures  of  share-based awards  at  the grant date  and
recognizes the compensation cost only  for those  awards expected  to  vest.

The risk-free interest rate assumption  is based upon observed interest rates for  constant maturity
U.S. Treasury securities consistent with  the expected term of the Company’s  employee stock options.
The expected life represents the period of time the stock  options are expected to be outstanding  and is
based on  the ‘‘simplified method.’’ Under  the ‘‘simplified method,’’ the expected  life of an option is
presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and  the end of  the contractual term. The
Company used the ‘‘simplified method’’  due to the  lack of sufficient  historical exercise  data  to  provide
a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of  the stock options. Expected
volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly traded stock of comparable companies over the
estimated expected life of the stock options. The Company assumed no dividend  yield because
dividends are not expected to be paid in the near future, which is  consistent with the Company’s  history
of not paying dividends.

94

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

The following table summarizes the assumptions used for  estimating  the fair value of the stock

options granted:

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected term (years) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weighted-average grant date fair value .

1.7% - 2.1% 0.9% - 2.0% 0.8% - 1.1%
5.65 - 6.15
5.54 - 6.31
5.11 - 6.25
50% - 55% 55% - 58% 57% - 61%
0%
$4.58

0%
$5.71

0%
$1.91

The following is a summary of the option activity:

Outstanding balance at December 31,  2013 .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number of
Options

5,883,885
1,319,110
(940,642)
(191,513)
(220,629)

Outstanding balance at December 31,  2014 .

5,850,211

Exercisable at December 31, 2014 . . . . . . .

3,198,869

Vested and expected to vest at

December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,649,272

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
per Share

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)

$ 3.53
11.23
2.43
8.08
0.96

5.39

3.07

5.27

7.45
8.65
5.30

7.33

6.31

7.28

$36,884

83,487

53,069

81,287

The total compensation cost related  to  the nonvested options not yet recognized as of
December 31, 2014 was $9.6 million  and  will be recognized over a  weighted-average period of
approximately 2.3 years.

The aggregate intrinsic value of the options exercised  during the years ended December 31, 2014,

2013 and 2012 was $16.2 million, $1.8 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes by grant  date  the number  of  shares of  common stock subject to
stock options granted from January 1,  2014 to December  31, 2014, as well as the associated exercise

95

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

price per share and the estimated fair  value per share  of the Company’s  common stock on  the grant
date.

Grant Date

January 30, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 6, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 27, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
April 11, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
July 1, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
August  5, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
October 1, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options
Granted

45,000
1,128,430
66,427
44,334
20,779
10,000
4,140

Exercise Price Grant Date  Fair
Value  per  Share

per  Share

Estimated

$ 9.50
11.00
13.00
12.94
16.08
13.64
15.16

$11.00
11.00
13.00
12.94
16.08
13.64
15.16

Prior to the IPO, the Company determined for  financial reporting purposes the  estimated per

share fair value of its common stock  at  various grant  dates  using contemporaneous valuations
performed in accordance with the guidance outlined  in the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants Practice Aid, ‘‘Valuation  of  Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as
Compensation,’’ also known as the Practice Aid. In conducting the contemporaneous valuations, the
Company used relevant information  available and considered all  objective and subjective factors that it
believed to be relevant for each valuation  conducted, including  management’s best estimate of  the
Company’s business condition, prospects  and  operating performance at each  valuation date.

Restricted Stock Units

Throughout 2014, the Company granted  restricted stock units under the 2014 Plan  to  the
Company’s directors and certain of the Company’s employees. The terms of the restricted  stock unit
grants under the 2014 Plan, including  the vesting periods, are determined by the Company’s  board of
directors or the compensation committee thereof. Restricted stock units  are generally subject to service-
based vesting conditions and vest at  various times form the date of the  grant, with most restricted stock
units vesting in equal annual tranches, generally over a  period of four years.

The following is a summary of restricted stock unit activity:

Number of
Restricted
Stock Units

Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value

Outstanding balance at December 31,  2013 . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
1,089,286
—
(96,621)

Outstanding balance at December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . .

992,665

$ —
11.41
—
11.60

11.39

The total compensation cost related  to the  nonvested restricted stock units  not  yet recognized as of

December 31, 2014 was $7.5 million  and  will be recognized over  a  weighted-average period of
approximately 3.0 years.

96

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

11. Net Loss per Share

Diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share for all  periods presented  because the

effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the  Company’s net loss. The following
securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted-average common shares outstanding
because  the effect is anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

Series A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Warrants to purchase Series D redeemable

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

— 10,033,976
— 5,057,901
— 4,429,601
— 3,979,730

10,033,976
5,057,901
4,429,601
3,339,902

convertible preferred stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted stock units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
5,850,211
992,665

83,818
5,883,885
—

12,797
4,766,827
—

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable  to  common  stockholders  is calculated as follows:

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

Numerator (in thousands):

Net loss attributable to common stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

(29,088) $ (28,300) $ (23,452)

Denominator:

Weighted-average common shares outstanding,  basic and

diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32,075,107

7,432,055

7,037,090

Net loss per share attributable to common  stockholders,  basic

and diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

(0.91) $

(3.81) $

(3.33)

12. Segment and Geographic Information

Operating segments are defined as components  of an enterprise for which discrete financial
information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (‘‘CODM’’)
for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s CODM
reviews the financial information presented  on a  consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources
and evaluating financial performance.  As  such,  the Company’s operations constitute a  single operating
segment and one reportable segment. The  Company offers similar  services to substantially all of its
clients,  which  primarily  represent  well-recognized  nonprofit  colleges  and  universities  in  the  United
States. Substantially all assets were held  and all revenue  was  generated in the United States during all
periods presented.

13. Retirement Plan

The Company has established a 401(k) plan  for  eligible employees  to  contribute up to 100% of
their compensation, limited by the IRS-imposed maximum  contribution amount. The Company matches

97

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

13. Retirement Plan (Continued)

33% of each employee’s contribution up to 6% of the employee’s salary deferral.  For the years ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company made employer  contributions of $0.6  million,
$0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

14. Related Party Transactions

The Company subleases office space to  an entity related by virtue  of common ownership by a
major stockholder. The lease requires the  subtenant  to  reimburse  the Company for the allocated cost
of the office space subleased. For the  years  ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the  Company
recorded $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.2  million, respectively, as  rental income from this related
entity.

The Company utilizes the marketing and event planning  services of a company  that  is partially

owned by one of the Company’s executives.  The Company recorded $1.6  million, $0.8  million and
$0.4 million for the expenses incurred related to the services provided by this related  party for  the
years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. No material amounts were due to the
related party  or recorded in accounts payable on  the consolidated balance sheets as of December  31,
2014 and 2013.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company recorded a  note  receivable from one  of  its  executives  in

the amount of $0.3 million. The note bore an interest rate of  2.18%  and was  due  in full at the earliest
of the employee’s termination, a change in control of the Company, an IPO or  October 2019.  The note
was secured by stock options to purchase an aggregate of 869,000  shares held  by  the executive. The
note  receivable was recorded as a related party  receivable on  the consolidated  balance  sheets.  The note
was repaid in full prior to December  31, 2013.

98

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

15. Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited, in thousands, except share and per share  amounts)

The following tables set forth certain unaudited quarterly  financial  data for  2014 and 2013. This

unaudited information has been prepared on the  same  basis  as the audited information  included
elsewhere in this Annual Report and includes all  adjustments necessary to  present  fairly the
information set forth therein. The operating results are not  necessarily indicative of results for  any
future period.

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Costs and expenses:

Servicing and support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology and content development . . . . . . .
Program marketing and sales . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loss from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense):

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loss per share:

Basic and diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weighted-average shares used in computing net

loss per share:
Basic and diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Three Months Ended

March 31,
2014

June 30,
2014

September 30,
2014

December  31,
2014

$

26,332

$

24,744

$

28,407

$

30,756

6,248
5,674
15,241
5,436

32,599

7,000
5,818
16,710
5,708

35,236

6,598
5,726
16,971
6,303

35,598

7,012
5,403
16,296
5,973

34,684

(6,267)

(10,492)

(7,191)

(3,928)

(784)
1

(783)

(134)
31

(103)

(176)
30

(146)

(119)
30

(89)

(7,050) $

(10,595) $

(7,337) $

(4,017)

(0.92) $

(0.27) $

(0.18) $

(0.10)

$

$

7,698,709

39,304,884

40,269,937

40,577,087

99

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2U, Inc.

15. Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited, in thousands, except share and per share  amounts)
(Continued)

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Costs and expenses:

Servicing and support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology and content development . . . . . . . .
Program marketing and sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loss from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense):

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loss per share:

Basic and diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted-average shares used in computing net

loss per share:
Basic and diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Three Months Ended

March 31,
2013

June 30,
2013

September 30,
2013

December 31,
2013

$

19,134

$

18,691

$

20,499

$

24,803

5,018
3,235
11,770
2,871

22,894

5,656
4,596
13,695
3,654

27,601

5,842
5,113
15,412
4,269

30,636

6,202
6,528
13,226
4,046

30,002

(3,760)

(8,910)

(10,137)

(5,199)

8
6

14

5
10

15

(1)
5

4

(3,746) $

(8,895)

$ (10,133)

(0.51) $

(1.20)

$

(1.37)

15
5

20

$

$

(5,179)

(0.69)

$

$

7,386,133

7,398,059

7,415,777

7,528,940

100

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants  on Accounting  and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and  Procedures

We  maintain disclosure controls and procedures that  are designed  to  ensure that information
required to be disclosed in our Exchange  Act  reports is  recorded, processed,  summarized and  reported
within the time periods specified in the  SEC’s rules  and forms, and that such information is
accumulated and communicated to our management, including  our Chief  Executive Officer and  Chief
Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow  timely  decisions regarding  required disclosure  based on the
definition of ‘‘disclosure controls and procedures’’  as promulgated under  the Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations thereunder. In  designing and evaluating the disclosure  controls and  procedures,
management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how  well designed and operated,
can provide only reasonable assurance of  achieving the  desired  control objectives,  and management
necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit  relationship of possible
controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, management concluded  that  our disclosure controls
and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2014.

Remediation  of  Material  Weakness  and  Implementation  of  Procedures  and  Controls

As previously disclosed in our prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the  Securities  Act of

1933,  as  amended,  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  March 28,  2014,  management
identified a material weakness related  to  an inadequacy in the segregation of duties  in our accounting
processes and our monitoring controls.

In  response  to  the  material  weakness,  in  2014,  we  designed  and  implemented  new  procedures  and

controls described below to mitigate  the  material  weakness and made other improvements to our
control environment.

(cid:127) Expanded our in-house accounting and finance resources;

(cid:127) Implemented enhanced review procedures;

(cid:127) Implemented  a  business  process  and  internal  controls  management  function;

(cid:127) Documented and evaluated our internal  control  processes and  procedures;

(cid:127) Implemented more formal procedures for the  evaluation of non-routine judgments and

estimates;

(cid:127) Formalized  roles  and  responsibilities  within  our  accounting  and  finance  function;  and

(cid:127) Expanded our monitoring controls.

As  a  result  of  the  completion  and  implementation  of  the  remedial  measures  described  above,

management  determined  that  the  material  weakness  was  remediated  as  of  December 31,  2014.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control  Over  Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a  report of management’s assessment
regarding  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  or  an  attestation  report  of  our  registered  public
accounting  firm  due  to  a  transition  period  established  by  the  rules  of  the  SEC  for  newly  public
companies.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Other than the actions and implementation measures described above,  there have  been no  changes

in our ‘‘internal control over financial  reporting’’ (as defined in Rule  13a-15(f) of  the Exchange Act)
that occurred during the period covered by  this Annual Report on Form 10-K that have materially
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal  control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

101

PART III

We  will file a definitive Proxy Statement for our  2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders or  our  2014

Proxy Statement with the SEC, pursuant to Regulation  14A, not later than  120 days after  the end of
our  fiscal year. Accordingly, certain information required  by Part III has  been omitted under  General
Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K. Only those sections of the 2014 Proxy Statement  that  specifically
address the items set forth herein are incorporated  by  reference.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and  Corporate Governance

The information required by Item 10  is  hereby incorporated by reference to the sections  of  our

2014 Proxy Statement under the captions ‘‘Board of Directors and Committees,’’  ‘‘Election of
Directors,’’ ‘‘Management’’ and ‘‘Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.’’

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 11  is  hereby incorporated by reference to the sections  of  our
2014 Proxy Statement under the captions ‘‘Executive Compensation’’ and ‘‘Director  Compensation.’’

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners  and  Management and Related Stockholder

Matters

The information required by Item 12  is  hereby incorporated by reference to the sections  of  our

2014 Proxy Statement under the captions ‘‘Security Ownership  of  Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management’’ and ‘‘Securities Authorized  for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans.’’

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director  Independence

The information required by Item 13  is  hereby incorporated by reference to the sections  of  our

2014 Proxy Statement under the captions ‘‘Transactions with  Related  Parties’’ and ‘‘Director
Independence.’’

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and  Services

The information required by Item 14  is  hereby incorporated by reference to the section of  our

2014 Proxy Statement under the caption  ‘‘Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm Fees.’’

102

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement  Schedules

(a) Exhibits

PART IV

See  the  Exhibit  Index  immediately  following  the  signature  page  of  this  Annual  Report  on

Form 10-K.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying  Accounts (in thousands)

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

Additions
Charged to
Expense/Against
Revenue

Deductions

Balance at
End  of
Period

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

Year ended December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$12
—
—

$—
12
—

$(12)
—
—

$—
12
—

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

Additions
Charged to
Expense/Against
Revenue

Deductions

Income tax valuation allowance:

Year ended December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$34,921
23,864
15,072

$ 9,388
11,057
8,792

$—
—
—

Balance at
End  of
Period

$44,309
34,921
23,864

103

Pursuant to the requirements of Section  13  or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934, the

registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its  behalf  by the undersigned,  thereunto duly
authorized:

SIGNATURES

2U, INC.

February 26, 2015

By: /s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PAUCEK

Name: Christopher J. Paucek
Title: Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has  been signed

below by the following persons on behalf of  the registrant and in the capacities  and on the dates
indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PAUCEK

Christopher J. Paucek

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

February 26, 2015

/s/ CATHERINE A. GRAHAM

Catherine A. Graham

Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)

February 26,  2015

/s/ PAUL A. MAEDER

Paul A. Maeder

/s/ MARK J.  CHERNIS

Mark J. Chernis

/s/ TIMOTHY M. HALEY

Timothy M. Haley

/s/ JOHN M.  LARSON

John M. Larson

/s/ MICHAEL T. MOE

Michael  T. Moe

Director and Chairman of the Board

February 26, 2015

Director

February 26, 2015

Director

February 26, 2015

Director

February 26, 2015

Director

February 26, 2015

104

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ ROBERT M. STAVIS

Robert M. Stavis

/s/ SALLIE L.  KRAWCHECK

Sallie L. Krawcheck

/s/ EARL LEWIS

Earl Lewis

/s/ EDWARD S. MACIAS

Edward S. Macias

Director

February 26, 2015

Director

February 26, 2015

Director

February 26, 2015

Director

February 26, 2015

105

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING EXHIBITS

In reviewing the agreements included  as exhibits  to  this Annual Report  on  Form 10-K, please

remember they are included to provide you with information regarding their  terms and are not
intended to provide any other factual or disclosure  information about  the Company  or the other parties
to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and  warranties by each of  the parties to the
applicable agreement. These representations  and warranties  have been made solely  for the  benefit of
the other parties to the applicable agreement and:

(cid:127) should not in all instances be treated  as categorical statements  of fact,  but rather  as a way  of

allocating the risk to one of the parties if  those statements  provide to be  inaccurate;

(cid:127) have been qualified by disclosures  that were made  to  the other party in  connection with  the

negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures  are not necessarily  reflected  in the
agreement;

(cid:127) may apply standards of materiality in  a way that is different from what may  be  viewed  as

material to you or other investors; and

(cid:127) were made only as of the date of the applicable  agreement or such other date or dates as may

be specified in the agreement and are subject to more  recent  developments.

Accordingly, these representations and warranties  may not describe the actual  state of affairs as  of

the date they were made of at any other  time. Additional information about the Company  may be
found elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the Company’s other public filings,  which
are available without charge through the SEC’s website  at  http://www.sec.gov.

The Company acknowledges that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the  foregoing cautionary

statements, it is responsible for considering  whether additional specific disclosures  of material
information regarding material contractual provisions are required  to  make the  statements  in this
report not misleading.

Exhibit Index

Exhibit
Number

3.1(1)

3.2(2)

4.1(3)

10.1(4)*

10.2(5)*

10.2.1(6)*

10.3(7)

10.4(8)†

10.8(9)†

Description  of the Document

Amended and Restated Certificate  of  Incorporation of the Registrant.

Amended and Restated Bylaws  of the Registrant.

Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of Common  Stock.

Services Agreement,  by  and  between  the Registrant  and University of  Southern
California, on behalf of the USC Rossier School of Education, dated as of October 29,
2008, as amended to date.

Master Services Agreement,  by and between  the Registrant  and University of Southern
California, on behalf of School of Social Work,  dated as  of April 12, 2010, and
Addenda dated as of April 12, 2010 and July 22, 2011.

Second  Addendum  to  the  Master  Services  Agreement,  by  and  between  the  Registrant
and  University  of  Southern  California,  on  behalf  of  the  School  of  Social  Work,  dated
as of March 14, 2014.

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2012,  by
and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.

Fourth  Amended  and  Restated  2008  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  to  date.

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.9(10)†

Form  of  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  under  2008  Stock  Incentive  Plan.

10.10(11)†

2014 Equity Incentive  Plan.

10.11(12)†

Form of Stock Option  Agreement under  2014 Equity  Incentive Plan.

10.12(13)†

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  under  2014  Equity  Incentive  Plan.

10.13(14)†

Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan.

10.14(15)†

Confidential Information,  Invention  Assignment,  Work for  Hire, Noncompete and No
Solicit/No Hire Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2009, by and between the
Registrant and Christopher J. Paucek.

10.15(16)†

Form of Indemnification Agreement with  directors and executive officers.

10.16(17)†

10.17(18)

10.18(19)†

10.19(20)*

21.1(21)
23.1
31.1

Confidential Information,  Invention  Assignment,  Work for  Hire, Noncompete and No
Solicit/No Hire Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2009, by and between the
Registrant and Robert L. Cohen.

Sublease, by and between  the Registrant and Noodle Education, Inc., dated as  of
November 16, 2011.

Letter Agreement, by and between  the Registrant and Christopher  J. Paucek, dated as
of October 22, 2013.

Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  by  and  among  the  Registrant,
Comerica Bank as Administrative Agent and as a  Lender, Issuing Lender and Swing
Line Lender and Square 1 Bank as a Lender, dated as of December 31,  2013.

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer under  Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act.

Exhibit
Number

31.2

32.1

32.2

101.INS

101.SCH

101.CAL

101.DEF

101.LAB

101.PRE

Description  of the Document

Certification of Principal Financial Officer under Section 302  of  the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer under  Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer under Section 906  of  the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act.

XBRL Instance Document.

XBRL Taxonomy Extension  Schema Document.

XBRL Taxonomy Extension  Calculation Linkbase Document.

XBRL Taxonomy Extension  Definition Linkbase Document.

XBRL Taxonomy Extension  Label Linkbase Document.

XBRL Taxonomy Extension  Presentation  Linkbase  Document.

*

Portions  of this exhibit, indicated  by  asterisks, have been omitted  pursuant  to  a request for
confidential treatment and have been  separately  filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

†

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

(1) Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to  the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K

(File No. 001-36376), filed with the Commission on April 4, 2014, and incorporated  by  reference
herein.

(2) Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to  the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K

(File No. 001-36376), filed with the Commission on April 4, 2014, and incorporated by reference
herein.

(3) Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to  Amendment No. 1  to the Registrant’s Registration Statement  on
Form S-1 (File No. 333-194079), filed with the Commission on March 17,  2014, and  incorporated
by reference herein.

(4) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to  the Registrant’s Registration Statement  on Form S-1

(File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission  on February 21, 2014, and incorporated  by
reference herein.

(5) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to  the Registrant’s Registration Statement  on Form S-1

(File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission  on February 21, 2014, and incorporated  by
reference herein.

(6) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2.1  to  Amendment  No. 1 to the Registrant’s  Registration  Statement

on Form S-1 (File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission on  March 17,  2014, and
incorporated  by  reference  herein.

(7) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to  the Registrant’s Registration Statement  on Form S-1

(File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission  on February 21, 2014, and incorporated  by
reference herein.

(8) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to  the Registrant’s Registration Statement  on Form S-1

(File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission  on February 21, 2014, and incorporated  by
reference herein.

(9) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.8 to  the Registrant’s Registration Statement  on Form S-1

(File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission  on February 21, 2014, and incorporated  by
reference herein.

(10) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to  the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1

(File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission  on February 21, 2014, and incorporated  by
reference  herein.

(11) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.11  to  the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1

(File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission  on February 21, 2014, and incorporated  by
reference  herein.

(12) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.12  to  the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1

(File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission  on February 21, 2014, and incorporated  by
reference  herein.

(13) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.13  to  the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1

(File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission  on February 21, 2014, and incorporated  by
reference  herein.

(14) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to  the Registrant’s Quarterly  Report on  Form 10-Q

(File No. 001-36376), filed with the Commission on May 12, 2014, and incorporated by reference
herein.

(15) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.14  Amendment  No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement  on
Form S-1 (File No. 333-194079),  filed with  the Commission on March 17, 2014, and incorporated
by reference herein.

(16) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.15  to  the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1

(File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission  on February 21, 2014, and incorporated  by
reference  herein.

(17) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.16  to  Amendment  No. 1 to the Registrant’s  Registration  Statement

on Form S-1 (File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission on  March 17,  2014, and
incorporated  by  reference  herein.

(18) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.17  to  the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1

(File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission  on February 21, 2014, and incorporated  by
reference  herein.

(19) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.19  to  the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1

(File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission  on February 21, 2014, and incorporated  by
reference  herein.

(20) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to  the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1

(File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission  on February 21, 2014, and incorporated  by
reference  herein.

(21) Previously filed as Exhibit 21.1 to  the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1

(File No. 333-194079), filed with the  Commission  on February 21, 2014, and incorporated  by
reference  herein.

Consent of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm

Exhibit 23.1

The Board of Directors
2U, Inc.:

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  registration  statement  (No. 333-194943)  on
Form S-8 of 2U, Inc. of our report dated February 26,  2015, with respect  to  the consolidated balance
sheets of 2U, Inc. as of December 31, 2014  and 2013, and the related consolidated  statements of
operations,  changes  in  stockholders’  equity  (deficit),  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the
three-year period ended December 31, 2014, and the related financial statement  schedule, which report
appears in the December 31, 2014 annual report on  Form 10-K of 2U, Inc.

McLean,  Virginia
February 26, 2015

/s/ KPMG LLP

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Christopher J. Paucek, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of 2U, Inc.;

2. Based on my  knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement  of  a material fact or

omit to state a material fact necessary  to  make the statements made,  in light  of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period  covered by this
report;

3. Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial  condition, results of operations and  cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in  this report;

4. The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining

disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules 13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  for
the registrant and  have:

a) Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and

procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating
to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made  known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during the period in which  this  report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and

presented in this report our conclusions  about  the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period  covered  by this  report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting
that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal  quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that  has materially  affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting;  and

5. The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation
of internal control  over financial reporting, to the registrant’s  auditors and the  audit committee of
the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing  the equivalent functions):

a) All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal

control  over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report  financial information; and

b) Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a

significant  role  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.

Date: February 26, 2015

By: /s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PAUCEK

Name: Christopher J. Paucek
Title: Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION  OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Catherine A. Graham, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report  on Form 10-K of  2U, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does  not  contain any untrue statement  of  a material fact or

omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,  in light  of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading  with respect to the period  covered by this
report;

3. Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this
report, fairly present in all material respects  the financial condition, results of operations and  cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the  periods presented in  this report;

4. The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining

disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules 13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  for
the registrant and have:

a) Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and

procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating
to the registrant, including its consolidated  subsidiaries, is made  known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during the period in  which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and

presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting
that occurred during the registrant’s  most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially  affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting;  and

5. The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation
of internal control over financial reporting,  to  the registrant’s  auditors and the  audit committee of
the registrant’s board of directors (or persons  performing the equivalent functions):

a) All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal

control  over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a

significant  role  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.

Date: February 26, 2015

By: /s/ CATHERINE A. GRAHAM

Name: Catherine A. Graham
Title: Chief Financial Officer

CERTIFICATION  OF CEO PURSUANT  TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report  on Form 10-K of  2U, Inc. (the ‘‘Company’’) for the year
ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof
(the  ‘‘Report’’),  Christopher  J.  Paucek,  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company,  hereby  certifies,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, that, to the best of his knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of  the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly  presents, in  all material  respects, the

financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Company.

By: /s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PAUCEK

Name: Christopher J. Paucek
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 26, 2015

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley  Act of
2002 and shall not, except to the extent  required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act  of 2002, be deemed  filed
by the Company for purposes of Section 18  of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended.

A signed original of this written statement required  by  Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

2002 has been provided to the Company and will be retained  by the Company  and furnished  to  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or  its  staff  upon  request.

CERTIFICATION  OF CFO PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report  on Form 10-K of  2U, Inc. (the ‘‘Company’’) for the year
ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof
(the  ‘‘Report’’),  Catherine  A.  Graham,  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Company,  hereby  certifies,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, that, to the best of his knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of  the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly  presents, in  all material  respects, the

financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Company.

By: /s/ CATHERINE A. GRAHAM

Name: Catherine A. Graham
Title: Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 26, 2015

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley  Act of
2002 and shall not, except to the extent  required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act  of 2002, be deemed  filed
by the Company for purposes of Section 18  of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended.

A signed original of this written statement required  by  Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

2002 has been provided to the Company and will be retained  by the Company  and furnished  to  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or  its  staff  upon  request.